xref: /dragonfly/contrib/gdb-7/gdb/breakpoint.c (revision a32bc35d)
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2 
3    Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 
5    This file is part of GDB.
6 
7    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10    (at your option) any later version.
11 
12    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
15    GNU General Public License for more details.
16 
17    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
19 
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "wrapper.h"
60 #include "valprint.h"
61 #include "jit.h"
62 #include "xml-syscall.h"
63 #include "parser-defs.h"
64 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
65 #include "continuations.h"
66 #include "stack.h"
67 #include "skip.h"
68 #include "record.h"
69 
70 /* readline include files */
71 #include "readline/readline.h"
72 #include "readline/history.h"
73 
74 /* readline defines this.  */
75 #undef savestring
76 
77 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
78 #include "python/python.h"
79 
80 /* Prototypes for local functions.  */
81 
82 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
83 
84 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
85 
86 static void disable_command (char *, int);
87 
88 static void enable_command (char *, int);
89 
90 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
91 						      void *),
92 				    void *);
93 
94 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
95 
96 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
97 
98 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
99 
100 static void clear_command (char *, int);
101 
102 static void catch_command (char *, int);
103 
104 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
105 
106 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
107 
108 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
109 
110 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
111 							       enum bptype,
112 							       const struct breakpoint_ops *);
113 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
114 						       const struct symtab_and_line *);
115 
116 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
117    static.  */
118 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
119 				       struct symtab_and_line,
120 				       enum bptype,
121 				       const struct breakpoint_ops *);
122 
123 static struct breakpoint *
124   momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
125 				    enum bptype type,
126 				    const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
127 
128 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
129 
130 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
131 					    CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
132                                             enum bptype bptype);
133 
134 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
135 					struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
136 					struct obj_section *, int);
137 
138 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
139 				     CORE_ADDR addr1,
140 				     struct address_space *aspace2,
141 				     CORE_ADDR addr2);
142 
143 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
144 				       struct bp_location *loc2);
145 
146 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
147 					      struct address_space *aspace,
148 					      CORE_ADDR addr);
149 
150 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
151 
152 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
153 
154 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
155 			 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
156 
157 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
158 
159 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
160 
161 static void commands_command (char *, int);
162 
163 static void condition_command (char *, int);
164 
165 typedef enum
166   {
167     mark_inserted,
168     mark_uninserted
169   }
170 insertion_state_t;
171 
172 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
173 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
174 
175 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
176 
177 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
178 
179 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
180 
181 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
182 
183 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
184 
185 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
186 					    enum bptype type,
187 					    int *other_type_used);
188 
189 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
190 
191 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
192 
193 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
194 
195 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
196 
197 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
198 
199 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
200 
201 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
202 
203 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
204 				       char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
205 
206 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
207 
208 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
209 
210 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
211 						   CORE_ADDR pc);
212 
213 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
214 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
215 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
216 
217 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
218 
219 static void update_global_location_list (int);
220 
221 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
222 
223 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
224 
225 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
226 
227 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
228 
229 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
230 
231 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
232 
233 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
234 
235 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
236 
237 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
238 
239 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
240 
241 /* Assuming we're creating a static tracepoint, does S look like a
242    static tracepoint marker spec ("-m MARKER_ID")?  */
243 #define is_marker_spec(s)						\
244   (s != NULL && strncmp (s, "-m", 2) == 0 && ((s)[2] == ' ' || (s)[2] == '\t'))
245 
246 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
247    from.  */
248 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
249 
250 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
251    that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
252    (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.).  */
253 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
254 
255 /* Internal breakpoints class type.  */
256 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
257 
258 /* Momentary breakpoints class type.  */
259 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
260 
261 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
262    breakpoints.  */
263 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
264 
265 /* A reference-counted struct command_line.  This lets multiple
266    breakpoints share a single command list.  */
267 struct counted_command_line
268 {
269   /* The reference count.  */
270   int refc;
271 
272   /* The command list.  */
273   struct command_line *commands;
274 };
275 
276 struct command_line *
277 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
278 {
279   return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
280 }
281 
282 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
283    current breakpoint.  */
284 
285 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
286 
287 const char *
288 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
289 {
290   /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
291      represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
292      a breakpoint.  */
293   static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
294 
295   return bpdisps[(int) disp];
296 }
297 
298 /* Prototypes for exported functions.  */
299 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
300    if such is available.  */
301 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
302 
303 static void
304 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
305 			     struct cmd_list_element *c,
306 			     const char *value)
307 {
308   fprintf_filtered (file,
309 		    _("Debugger's willingness to use "
310 		      "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
311 		    value);
312 }
313 
314 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
315    If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
316    for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
317    If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized.  */
318 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
319 static void
320 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
321 			    struct cmd_list_element *c,
322 			    const char *value)
323 {
324   fprintf_filtered (file,
325 		    _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
326 		      "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
327 		    value);
328 }
329 
330 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
331    set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
332    If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
333    use hardware breakpoints.  */
334 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
335 static void
336 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
337 				     struct cmd_list_element *c,
338 				     const char *value)
339 {
340   fprintf_filtered (file,
341 		    _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
342 		    value);
343 }
344 
345 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
346    stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints.  If off, gdb
347    will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
348    will remove breakpoints upon stop.  If auto, GDB will behave as ON
349    if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
350 
351 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
352 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
353 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
354 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
355   always_inserted_auto,
356   always_inserted_off,
357   always_inserted_on,
358   NULL
359 };
360 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
361 static void
362 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
363 		     struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
364 {
365   if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
366     fprintf_filtered (file,
367 		      _("Always inserted breakpoint "
368 			"mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
369 		      value,
370 		      breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
371   else
372     fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
373 		      value);
374 }
375 
376 int
377 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
378 {
379   return ((always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
380 	   || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop))
381 	  && !RECORD_IS_USED);
382 }
383 
384 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
385 
386 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands?  */
387 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
388 
389 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
390 static int overlay_events_enabled;
391 
392 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
393 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
394 
395 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
396    ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
397    current breakpoint.  */
398 
399 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B)  for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
400 
401 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP)	\
402 	for (B = breakpoint_chain;	\
403 	     B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0;	\
404 	     B = TMP)
405 
406 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints.  SAFE variant is
407    not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
408    while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS.  */
409 
410 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP)					\
411 	for (BP_TMP = bp_location;					\
412 	     BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP);	\
413 	     BP_TMP++)
414 
415 /* Iterator for tracepoints only.  */
416 
417 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B)  \
418   for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)  \
419     if (is_tracepoint (B))
420 
421 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined.  */
422 
423 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
424 
425 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS.  */
426 
427 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
428 
429 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION.  */
430 
431 static unsigned bp_location_count;
432 
433 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
434    ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
435    result from bp_location_has_shadow.  You can use it for roughly
436    limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
437    an address you need to read.  */
438 
439 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
440 
441 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
442    + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
443    BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
444    You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
445    scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read.  */
446 
447 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
448 
449 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
450    from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
451    by a target.  */
452 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
453 
454 /* Number of last breakpoint made.  */
455 
456 static int breakpoint_count;
457 
458 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
459    created breakpoints.  If the last (break-like) command created more
460    than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
461    and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one.  */
462 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
463 
464 /* Number of last tracepoint made.  */
465 
466 static int tracepoint_count;
467 
468 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
469 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
470 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
471 
472 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint.  */
473 static int
474 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
475 {
476   return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
477 }
478 
479 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM.  */
480 
481 static void
482 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
483 {
484   prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
485   breakpoint_count = num;
486   set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
487 }
488 
489 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
490    breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint.  */
491 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
492 
493 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
494    breakpoint made.  */
495 
496 void
497 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
498 {
499   rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
500 }
501 
502 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
503    breakpoint made.  */
504 
505 void
506 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
507 {
508   prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
509 }
510 
511 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts.  */
512 
513 void
514 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
515 {
516   struct breakpoint *b;
517 
518   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
519     b->hit_count = 0;
520 }
521 
522 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
523    The new structure owns COMMANDS.  */
524 
525 static struct counted_command_line *
526 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
527 {
528   struct counted_command_line *result
529     = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
530 
531   result->refc = 1;
532   result->commands = commands;
533   return result;
534 }
535 
536 /* Increment reference count.  This does nothing if CMD is NULL.  */
537 
538 static void
539 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
540 {
541   if (cmd)
542     ++cmd->refc;
543 }
544 
545 /* Decrement reference count.  If the reference count reaches 0,
546    destroy the counted_command_line.  Sets *CMDP to NULL.  This does
547    nothing if *CMDP is NULL.  */
548 
549 static void
550 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
551 {
552   if (*cmdp)
553     {
554       if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
555 	{
556 	  free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
557 	  xfree (*cmdp);
558 	}
559       *cmdp = NULL;
560     }
561 }
562 
563 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line.  */
564 
565 static void
566 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
567 {
568   decref_counted_command_line (arg);
569 }
570 
571 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
572    argument.  */
573 
574 static struct cleanup *
575 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
576 {
577   return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
578 }
579 
580 
581 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
582    if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint.  */
583 
584 struct breakpoint *
585 get_breakpoint (int num)
586 {
587   struct breakpoint *b;
588 
589   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
590     if (b->number == num)
591       return b;
592 
593   return NULL;
594 }
595 
596 
597 
598 void
599 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
600 			  int from_tty)
601 {
602   xfree (b->cond_string);
603   b->cond_string = NULL;
604 
605   if (is_watchpoint (b))
606     {
607       struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
608 
609       xfree (w->cond_exp);
610       w->cond_exp = NULL;
611     }
612   else
613     {
614       struct bp_location *loc;
615 
616       for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
617 	{
618 	  xfree (loc->cond);
619 	  loc->cond = NULL;
620 	}
621     }
622 
623   if (*exp == 0)
624     {
625       if (from_tty)
626 	printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
627     }
628   else
629     {
630       char *arg = exp;
631 
632       /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
633 	 typed in or the decompiled expression.  */
634       b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
635       b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
636 
637       if (is_watchpoint (b))
638 	{
639 	  struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
640 
641 	  innermost_block = NULL;
642 	  arg = exp;
643 	  w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
644 	  if (*arg)
645 	    error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
646 	  w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
647 	}
648       else
649 	{
650 	  struct bp_location *loc;
651 
652 	  for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
653 	    {
654 	      arg = exp;
655 	      loc->cond =
656 		parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
657 	      if (*arg)
658 		error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
659 	    }
660 	}
661     }
662   breakpoints_changed ();
663   observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
664 }
665 
666 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP.  */
667 
668 static void
669 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
670 {
671   struct breakpoint *b;
672   char *p;
673   int bnum;
674 
675   if (arg == 0)
676     error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
677 
678   p = arg;
679   bnum = get_number (&p);
680   if (bnum == 0)
681     error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
682 
683   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
684     if (b->number == bnum)
685       {
686 	/* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
687 	   it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
688 	   method.  This method and conditions entered into GDB from
689 	   the CLI are mutually exclusive.  */
690 	if (b->py_bp_object
691 	    && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
692 	  error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
693 		   "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
694 	set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
695 	return;
696       }
697 
698   error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
699 }
700 
701 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
702    only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
703    Throw if any such commands is found.  */
704 
705 static void
706 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
707 {
708   struct command_line *c;
709 
710   for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
711     {
712       int i;
713 
714       if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
715 	error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
716 		 "only be used for tracepoints"));
717 
718       for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
719 	check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
720 
721       /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
722 	 lines and also empty lines.  So, we only need to check for
723 	 command directly.  */
724       if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
725 	error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
726 
727       if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
728 	error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
729     }
730 }
731 
732 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints.  */
733 
734 static int
735 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
736 {
737   return (type == bp_tracepoint
738 	  || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
739 	  || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
740 }
741 
742 int
743 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
744 {
745   return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
746 }
747 
748 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
749    breakpoint.  This function will throw an exception if a problem is
750    found.  */
751 
752 static void
753 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
754 				  struct command_line *commands)
755 {
756   if (is_tracepoint (b))
757     {
758       /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
759 	 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
760 	 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
761 	 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.  */
762       struct command_line *c;
763       struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
764       for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
765 	{
766 	  if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
767 	    {
768 	      if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
769 		error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
770 			 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
771 	      else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
772 		error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
773 			 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
774 
775 	      if (while_stepping)
776 		error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
777 			 "can be used only once"));
778 	      else
779 		while_stepping = c;
780 	    }
781 	}
782       if (while_stepping)
783 	{
784 	  struct command_line *c2;
785 
786 	  gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
787 	  c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
788 	  for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
789 	    {
790 	      if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
791 		error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
792 	    }
793 	}
794     }
795   else
796     {
797       check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
798     }
799 }
800 
801 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR.  The
802    caller is responsible for releasing the vector.  */
803 
804 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
805 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
806 {
807   struct breakpoint *b;
808   VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
809   struct bp_location *loc;
810 
811   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
812     if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
813       {
814 	for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
815 	  if (loc->address == addr)
816 	    VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
817       }
818 
819   return found;
820 }
821 
822 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS.  If breakpoint is tracepoint,
823    validate that only allowed commands are included.  */
824 
825 void
826 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
827 			 struct command_line *commands)
828 {
829   validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
830 
831   decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
832   b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
833   breakpoints_changed ();
834   observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
835 }
836 
837 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint.  Note that this
838    is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
839    commands.  */
840 
841 void
842 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
843 {
844   int old_silent = b->silent;
845 
846   b->silent = silent;
847   if (old_silent != silent)
848     observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
849 }
850 
851 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint.  If THREAD is -1, make the
852    breakpoint work for any thread.  */
853 
854 void
855 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
856 {
857   int old_thread = b->thread;
858 
859   b->thread = thread;
860   if (old_thread != thread)
861     observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
862 }
863 
864 /* Set the task for this breakpoint.  If TASK is 0, make the
865    breakpoint work for any task.  */
866 
867 void
868 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
869 {
870   int old_task = b->task;
871 
872   b->task = task;
873   if (old_task != task)
874     observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
875 }
876 
877 void
878 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
879 {
880   struct breakpoint *b = closure;
881 
882   validate_actionline (&line, b);
883 }
884 
885 /* A structure used to pass information through
886    map_breakpoint_numbers.  */
887 
888 struct commands_info
889 {
890   /* True if the command was typed at a tty.  */
891   int from_tty;
892 
893   /* The breakpoint range spec.  */
894   char *arg;
895 
896   /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
897      already-parsed command.  */
898   struct command_line *control;
899 
900   /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
901      yet been read.  */
902   struct counted_command_line *cmd;
903 };
904 
905 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
906    commands_command.  */
907 
908 static void
909 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
910 {
911   struct commands_info *info = data;
912 
913   if (info->cmd == NULL)
914     {
915       struct command_line *l;
916 
917       if (info->control != NULL)
918 	l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
919       else
920 	{
921 	  struct cleanup *old_chain;
922 	  char *str;
923 
924 	  str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
925 			      "%s, one per line."),
926 			    info->arg);
927 
928 	  old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
929 
930 	  l = read_command_lines (str,
931 				  info->from_tty, 1,
932 				  (is_tracepoint (b)
933 				   ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
934 				  b);
935 
936 	  do_cleanups (old_chain);
937 	}
938 
939       info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
940     }
941 
942   /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
943      do anything.  */
944   if (b->commands != info->cmd)
945     {
946       validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
947       incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
948       decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
949       b->commands = info->cmd;
950       breakpoints_changed ();
951       observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
952     }
953 }
954 
955 static void
956 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
957 		    struct command_line *control)
958 {
959   struct cleanup *cleanups;
960   struct commands_info info;
961 
962   info.from_tty = from_tty;
963   info.control = control;
964   info.cmd = NULL;
965   /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
966      extra reference to the commands that we must clean up.  */
967   cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
968 
969   if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
970     {
971       if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
972 	arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
973 			  breakpoint_count);
974       else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
975 	arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
976       else
977 	{
978 	  /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
979 	     argument in the cleanup below.  Mapping breakpoint
980 	     numbers will fail in this case.  */
981 	  arg = NULL;
982 	}
983     }
984   else
985     /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
986        our argument.  */
987     arg = xstrdup (arg);
988 
989   if (arg != NULL)
990     make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
991 
992   info.arg = arg;
993 
994   map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
995 
996   if (info.cmd == NULL)
997     error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
998 
999   do_cleanups (cleanups);
1000 }
1001 
1002 static void
1003 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1004 {
1005   commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1006 }
1007 
1008 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1009    input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1010 
1011    This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1012    that are part of if and while bodies.  */
1013 enum command_control_type
1014 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1015 {
1016   commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1017   return simple_control;
1018 }
1019 
1020 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information.  */
1021 
1022 static int
1023 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1024 {
1025   if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1026     return 0;
1027   if (!bl->inserted)
1028     return 0;
1029   if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1030     /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory.  */
1031     return 0;
1032   return 1;
1033 }
1034 
1035 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1036    by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1037 
1038    The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1039      bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1040      up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1041    The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1042      memaddr ... memaddr + len
1043    Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1044      memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1045 		       - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1046    and:
1047      bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr  */
1048 
1049 void
1050 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1051 			const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1052 			ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1053 {
1054   /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1055      search.  */
1056   unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1057 
1058   /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1059      content.  It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1060      report higher one.  */
1061 
1062   bc_l = 0;
1063   bc_r = bp_location_count;
1064   while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1065     {
1066       struct bp_location *bl;
1067 
1068       bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1069       bl = bp_location[bc];
1070 
1071       /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1072 	 constant.  Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1073 	 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1074 	 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1075 
1076 	 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1077 	 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1078 	 range tail still reaching MEMADDR.  */
1079 
1080       if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1081 	   >= bl->address)
1082 	  && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1083 	      <= memaddr))
1084 	bc_l = bc;
1085       else
1086 	bc_r = bc;
1087     }
1088 
1089   /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1090      first location that's at BC_L's address.  E.g., if there are
1091      multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1092      at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1093      location.  Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1094      B:
1095 
1096       L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1097 
1098      BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1099      location could be L1.  Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1100      on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1101      and L2.  */
1102   while (bc_l > 0
1103 	 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1104     bc_l--;
1105 
1106   /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements.  */
1107 
1108   for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1109   {
1110     struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1111     CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1112     int bp_size = 0;
1113     int bptoffset = 0;
1114 
1115     /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL.  */
1116     if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1117       warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1118 	       bl->owner->number);
1119 
1120     /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1121        content.  */
1122 
1123     if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1124         && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1125 			     - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1126       break;
1127 
1128     if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1129       continue;
1130     if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1131 				   current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1132       continue;
1133 
1134     /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1135        we need to copy.  */
1136     bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1137     bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1138 
1139     if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1140       /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1141          are reading.  */
1142       continue;
1143 
1144     if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1145       /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1146          reading.  */
1147       continue;
1148 
1149     /* Offset within shadow_contents.  */
1150     if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1151       {
1152 	/* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint.  */
1153 	bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1154 	bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1155 	bp_addr = memaddr;
1156       }
1157 
1158     if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1159       {
1160 	/* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint.  */
1161 	bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1162       }
1163 
1164     if (readbuf != NULL)
1165       {
1166 	/* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1167 	   shadow.  */
1168 	memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1169 		bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1170       }
1171     else
1172       {
1173 	struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1174 	const unsigned char *bp;
1175 	CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1176 	unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1177 
1178 	/* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory.  */
1179 	memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1180 		writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1181 
1182 	/* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1183 	   address.  */
1184 	bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1185 
1186 	/* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1187 	   breakpoint's INSN.  */
1188 	memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1189       }
1190   }
1191 }
1192 
1193 
1194 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind.  */
1195 
1196 static int
1197 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1198 {
1199   return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1200 	  || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1201 	  || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1202 }
1203 
1204 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1205    software.  */
1206 
1207 int
1208 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1209 {
1210   return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1211 	  || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1212 }
1213 
1214 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1215    to evaluate or update watchpoint B.  Watchpoints on local
1216    expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1217    was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1218    to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1219    Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1220    and in any state.  It is presently left to the target allowing
1221    memory accesses when threads are running.  */
1222 
1223 static int
1224 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1225 {
1226   return (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1227 	  || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1228 	      && !is_executing (inferior_ptid)));
1229 }
1230 
1231 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1232    associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint.  */
1233 
1234 static void
1235 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1236 {
1237   struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1238 
1239   if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1240     {
1241       gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1242       gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1243       b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1244       b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1245       b->related_breakpoint = b;
1246     }
1247   b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1248 }
1249 
1250 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1251    - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1252    - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1253    - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1254      in b->loc->cond.
1255    - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1256 
1257    If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1258    nothing.  If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1259    it.
1260 
1261    Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1262    removed + inserted on each stop here.  Normal breakpoints must
1263    never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1264    when debugging in non-stop mode.  On the other hand, hardware
1265    watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1266    to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1267    registers.  Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1268    be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1269 
1270    Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1271    presented to the user.  It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1272    reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user.  And
1273    it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1274    watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops.  Note that the latter is
1275    relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1276    and bp_access_watchpoint.  False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1277    not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1278    not changed.
1279 
1280    The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1281    hardware watchpoints:
1282 
1283    * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1284      called several times when GDB stops.
1285 
1286    [linux]
1287    * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1288      causing GDB to stop.  GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1289      hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1290      are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1291      requests the execution to be resumed.  Execution is not resumed
1292      for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1293      LWP_INFO->STATUS.  While the watchpoint is already removed from
1294      the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1295      reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1296      until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1297      presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1298 
1299    Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1300    watchpoint removal from inferior.  */
1301 
1302 static void
1303 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1304 {
1305   int within_current_scope;
1306   struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1307   int frame_saved;
1308 
1309   /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1310      watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1311      that was used to create the watchpoint.  */
1312   if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1313     return;
1314 
1315   if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1316     return;
1317 
1318   frame_saved = 0;
1319 
1320   /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope.  */
1321   if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1322     within_current_scope = 1;
1323   else
1324     {
1325       struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1326       struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1327       CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1328 
1329       /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1330 	 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1331 	 point.  See similar comments in watchpoint_check.  */
1332       if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1333 	return;
1334 
1335       /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1336          evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame.  */
1337       /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1338          took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1339          selected frame.  */
1340       frame_saved = 1;
1341       saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1342 
1343       fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1344       within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1345       if (within_current_scope)
1346 	select_frame (fi);
1347     }
1348 
1349   /* We don't free locations.  They are stored in the bp_location array
1350      and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1351      remove breakpoints if needed.  */
1352   b->base.loc = NULL;
1353 
1354   if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1355     {
1356       char *s;
1357 
1358       if (b->exp)
1359 	{
1360 	  xfree (b->exp);
1361 	  b->exp = NULL;
1362 	}
1363       s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1364       b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1365       /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1366 	 no longer relevant.  We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1367 	 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1368 	 be completely different objects.  */
1369       value_free (b->val);
1370       b->val = NULL;
1371       b->val_valid = 0;
1372 
1373       /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1374 	 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1375 	 locations (re)created below.  */
1376       if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1377 	{
1378 	  if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1379 	    {
1380 	      xfree (b->cond_exp);
1381 	      b->cond_exp = NULL;
1382 	    }
1383 
1384 	  s = b->base.cond_string;
1385 	  b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1386 	}
1387     }
1388 
1389   /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1390      it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1391      don't try to insert watchpoint.  We don't automatically delete
1392      such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1393      is different from out-of-scope watchpoint.  */
1394   if ( !target_has_execution)
1395     {
1396       /* Without execution, memory can't change.  No use to try and
1397 	 set watchpoint locations.  The watchpoint will be reset when
1398 	 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set.  */
1399     }
1400   else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1401     {
1402       int pc = 0;
1403       struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1404       struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1405 
1406       fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1407 
1408       /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set.  The meaning of
1409 	 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1410 	 it only if we reported that last value to user.  As it
1411 	 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1412 	 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1413 	 watchpoints.  */
1414       if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1415 	{
1416 	  b->val = v;
1417 	  b->val_valid = 1;
1418 	}
1419 
1420       frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1421 
1422       /* Look at each value on the value chain.  */
1423       for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1424 	{
1425 	  /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1426 	     its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1427 	     must watch it.  If the first value returned is
1428 	     still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1429 	     watch it anyway in case it becomes readable.  */
1430 	  if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1431 	      && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1432 	    {
1433 	      struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1434 
1435 	      /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1436 		 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1437 		 appear in the middle of some value chain.  */
1438 	      if (v == result
1439 		  || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1440 		      && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1441 		{
1442 		  CORE_ADDR addr;
1443 		  int len, type;
1444 		  struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1445 
1446 		  addr = value_address (v);
1447 		  len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1448 		  type = hw_write;
1449 		  if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1450 		    type = hw_read;
1451 		  else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1452 		    type = hw_access;
1453 
1454 		  loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1455 		  for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1456 		    ;
1457 		  *tmp = loc;
1458 		  loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1459 
1460 		  loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1461 		  loc->address = addr;
1462 		  loc->length = len;
1463 		  loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1464 		}
1465 	    }
1466 	}
1467 
1468       /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1469 	 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1470 	 and free hardware slots.  REPARSE is set when the inferior
1471 	 is started.  */
1472       if (reparse)
1473 	{
1474 	  int reg_cnt;
1475 	  enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1476 	  struct bp_location *bl;
1477 
1478 	  reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1479 
1480 	  if (reg_cnt)
1481 	    {
1482 	      int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1483 	      enum bptype type;
1484 
1485 	      /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1486 		 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it.  */
1487 	      b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1488 
1489 	      /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1490 		 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1491 		 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1492 		 this watchpoint in as well.  */
1493 
1494 	      /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1495 		 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1496 		 hardware watchpoint type.  */
1497 	      type = b->base.type;
1498 	      if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1499 		type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1500 
1501 	      /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1502 		 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1503 		 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1504 		 through watch_command), so always account for it
1505 		 manually.  */
1506 
1507 	      /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B.  */
1508 	      i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1509 
1510 	      /* Add in the resources needed for B.  */
1511 	      i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1512 
1513 	      target_resources_ok
1514 		= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1515 	      if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1516 		{
1517 		  int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1518 
1519 		  if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1520 		    error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1521 			     "hardware watchpoint."));
1522 		  else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1523 		    error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1524 			     "resources for this watchpoint."));
1525 
1526 		  /* Downgrade to software watchpoint.  */
1527 		  b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1528 		}
1529 	      else
1530 		{
1531 		  /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1532 		     found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1533 		     hardware watchpoint.  Otherwise, this is a
1534 		     nop.  */
1535 		  b->base.type = type;
1536 		}
1537 	    }
1538 	  else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1539 	    error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1540 		     "read/access watchpoint."));
1541 	  else
1542 	    b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1543 
1544 	  loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1545 		      : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1546 	  for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1547 	    bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1548 	}
1549 
1550       for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1551 	{
1552 	  next = value_next (v);
1553 	  if (v != b->val)
1554 	    value_free (v);
1555 	}
1556 
1557       /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1558 	 above left it without any location set up.  But,
1559 	 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1560 	 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one.  */
1561       if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1562 	{
1563 	  struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1564 	  base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1565 	  base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1566 	  base->loc->address = -1;
1567 	  base->loc->length = -1;
1568 	  base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1569 	}
1570     }
1571   else if (!within_current_scope)
1572     {
1573       printf_filtered (_("\
1574 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1575 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1576 		       b->base.number);
1577       watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1578     }
1579 
1580   /* Restore the selected frame.  */
1581   if (frame_saved)
1582     select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1583 }
1584 
1585 
1586 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1587    inserted in the inferior.  We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1588    (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1589    breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1590    tracepoint's insert_location will not be called.  */
1591 static int
1592 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1593 {
1594   if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1595     return 0;
1596 
1597   if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1598     return 0;
1599 
1600   if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1601     return 0;
1602 
1603   if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
1604     return 0;
1605 
1606   /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1607      vfork, and have detached from the child.  The child is running
1608      free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1609      OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1610      that the vfork is done).  Until the child is done with the shared
1611      memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1612      the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints.  Since
1613      the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint.  */
1614   if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1615     return 0;
1616 
1617   return 1;
1618 }
1619 
1620 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
1621    that the location is not duplicated.  */
1622 
1623 static int
1624 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1625 {
1626   int result;
1627   const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
1628 
1629   bl->duplicate = 0;
1630   result = should_be_inserted (bl);
1631   bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
1632   return result;
1633 }
1634 
1635 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type.  BL is the breakpoint
1636    location.  Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1637    DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1638    Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
1639    -1 for failure.
1640 
1641    NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1642    object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type.  */
1643 static int
1644 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
1645 		    struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1646 		    int *disabled_breaks,
1647 		    int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1648 {
1649   int val = 0;
1650 
1651   if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1652     return 0;
1653 
1654   /* Initialize the target-specific information.  */
1655   memset (&bl->target_info, 0, sizeof (bl->target_info));
1656   bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
1657   bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
1658   bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
1659 
1660   if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1661       || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1662     {
1663       if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1664 	{
1665 	  /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1666 	     is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1667 	     if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1668 
1669 	     Two important cases are:
1670 	     - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1671 	     is readonly.  We change the type of the location to
1672 	     hardware breakpoint.
1673 	     - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1674 	     read-write.  This means we've previously made the
1675 	     location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1676 	     so we undo.
1677 
1678 	     When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1679 	     location types we've just set here, the only possible
1680 	     problem is that memory map has changed during running
1681 	     program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1682 	     gdb.  */
1683 	  struct mem_region *mr
1684 	    = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
1685 
1686 	  if (mr)
1687 	    {
1688 	      if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1689 		{
1690 		  enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1691 
1692 		  if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1693 		    new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1694 		  else
1695 		    new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1696 
1697 		  if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
1698 		    {
1699 		      static int said = 0;
1700 
1701 		      bl->loc_type = new_type;
1702 		      if (!said)
1703 			{
1704 			  fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
1705 					    _("Note: automatically using "
1706 					      "hardware breakpoints for "
1707 					      "read-only addresses.\n"));
1708 			  said = 1;
1709 			}
1710 		    }
1711 		}
1712 	      else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1713 		       && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1714 		warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1715 			   "at readonly address %s"),
1716 			 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
1717 	    }
1718 	}
1719 
1720       /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay.  */
1721       if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1722 	  || bl->section == NULL
1723 	  || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
1724 	{
1725 	  /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint.  */
1726 
1727 	  val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1728 	}
1729       else
1730 	{
1731 	  /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1732 	     Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA?  */
1733 	  if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1734 	    {
1735 	      /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1736 		 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1737 		 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint.  */
1738 	      if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1739 		warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1740 			 bl->owner->number);
1741 	      else
1742 		{
1743 		  CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
1744 							     bl->section);
1745 		  /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA.  */
1746 		  bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
1747 		  bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1748 		  val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1749 						  &bl->overlay_target_info);
1750 		  if (val != 0)
1751 		    fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1752 					"Overlay breakpoint %d "
1753 					"failed: in ROM?\n",
1754 					bl->owner->number);
1755 		}
1756 	    }
1757 	  /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1758 	  if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
1759 	    {
1760 	      /* Yes.  This overlay section is mapped into memory.  */
1761 	      val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1762 	    }
1763 	  else
1764 	    {
1765 	      /* No.  This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1766 		 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'.  */
1767 	      return 0;
1768 	    }
1769 	}
1770 
1771       if (val)
1772 	{
1773 	  /* Can't set the breakpoint.  */
1774 	  if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
1775 	    {
1776 	      /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs.  */
1777 	      val = 0;
1778 	      bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
1779 	      observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
1780 	      if (!*disabled_breaks)
1781 		{
1782 		  fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1783 				      "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1784 				      bl->owner->number);
1785 		  fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1786 				      "Temporarily disabling shared "
1787 				      "library breakpoints:\n");
1788 		}
1789 	      *disabled_breaks = 1;
1790 	      fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1791 				  "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
1792 	    }
1793 	  else
1794 	    {
1795 	      if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1796 		{
1797 		  *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1798 		  fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1799 				      "Cannot insert hardware "
1800 				      "breakpoint %d.\n",
1801 				      bl->owner->number);
1802 		}
1803 	      else
1804 		{
1805 		  fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1806 				      "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1807 				      bl->owner->number);
1808 		  fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1809 				    "Error accessing memory address ");
1810 		  fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
1811 				  tmp_error_stream);
1812 		  fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1813 				    safe_strerror (val));
1814 		}
1815 
1816 	    }
1817 	}
1818       else
1819 	bl->inserted = 1;
1820 
1821       return val;
1822     }
1823 
1824   else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1825 	   /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1826 	      watchpoints.  It's not clear that it's necessary...  */
1827 	   && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1828     {
1829       gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1830 		  && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1831 
1832       val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1833 
1834       /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1835 	 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint.  */
1836       if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
1837 	{
1838 	  struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1839 
1840 	  /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1841 	     hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1842 	     of this one.  */
1843 	  ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1844 	    if (loc != bl
1845 		&& loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
1846 		&& watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
1847 	      {
1848 		bl->duplicate = 1;
1849 		bl->inserted = 1;
1850 		bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
1851 		bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1852 		val = 0;
1853 		break;
1854 	      }
1855 
1856 	  if (val == 1)
1857 	    {
1858 	      bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1859 	      val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1860 
1861 	      if (val)
1862 		/* Back to the original value.  */
1863 		bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
1864 	    }
1865 	}
1866 
1867       bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1868     }
1869 
1870   else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1871     {
1872       gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1873 		  && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1874 
1875       val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1876       if (val)
1877 	{
1878 	  bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1879 
1880 	  if (val == 1)
1881 	    warning (_("\
1882 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1883 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
1884 	  else
1885 	    warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
1886 	}
1887 
1888       bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1889 
1890       /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1891 	 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1892 	 so just return success.  */
1893       return 0;
1894     }
1895 
1896   return 0;
1897 }
1898 
1899 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1900    deleted.  It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1901    PSPACE anymore.  */
1902 
1903 void
1904 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
1905 {
1906   struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
1907   struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1908 
1909   /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space.  */
1910   ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
1911     {
1912       if (b->pspace == pspace)
1913 	delete_breakpoint (b);
1914     }
1915 
1916   /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1917      bound to PSPACE as well.  Remove those.  */
1918   ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1919     {
1920       struct bp_location *tmp;
1921 
1922       if (loc->pspace == pspace)
1923 	{
1924 	  /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL.  */
1925 	  if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
1926 	    loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
1927 	  else
1928 	    for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
1929 	      if (tmp->next == loc)
1930 		{
1931 		  tmp->next = loc->next;
1932 		  break;
1933 		}
1934 	}
1935     }
1936 
1937   /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1938      removed locations above.  */
1939   update_global_location_list (0);
1940 }
1941 
1942 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1943    Throws exception on any error.
1944    A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1945    again, so calling this function twice is safe.  */
1946 void
1947 insert_breakpoints (void)
1948 {
1949   struct breakpoint *bpt;
1950 
1951   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1952     if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1953       {
1954 	struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
1955 
1956 	update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse.  */);
1957       }
1958 
1959   update_global_location_list (1);
1960 
1961   /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1962      always_inserted_mode is not enabled.  Explicitly insert them
1963      now.  */
1964   if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1965     insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1966 }
1967 
1968 /* Used when starting or continuing the program.  */
1969 
1970 static void
1971 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1972 {
1973   struct breakpoint *bpt;
1974   struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1975   int error_flag = 0;
1976   int val = 0;
1977   int disabled_breaks = 0;
1978   int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1979 
1980   struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1981   struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1982 
1983   /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1984      there was an error.  */
1985   fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1986 
1987   save_current_space_and_thread ();
1988 
1989   ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
1990     {
1991       if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1992 	continue;
1993 
1994       /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
1995 	 the thread no longer exists.  ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
1996 	 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL.  */
1997       if (bl->owner->thread != -1
1998 	  && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
1999 	continue;
2000 
2001       switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2002 
2003       /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2004 	 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to.  In fact, even
2005 	 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2006 	 insert breakpoints.  */
2007       if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2008 	  && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2009 	continue;
2010 
2011       val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2012 				    &hw_breakpoint_error);
2013       if (val)
2014 	error_flag = val;
2015     }
2016 
2017   /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2018      them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use.  */
2019   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2020     {
2021       int some_failed = 0;
2022       struct bp_location *loc;
2023 
2024       if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2025 	continue;
2026 
2027       if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2028 	continue;
2029 
2030       if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2031 	continue;
2032 
2033       for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2034 	if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2035 	  {
2036 	    some_failed = 1;
2037 	    break;
2038 	  }
2039       if (some_failed)
2040 	{
2041 	  for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2042 	    if (loc->inserted)
2043 	      remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2044 
2045 	  hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2046 	  fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2047 			      "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2048 			      bpt->number);
2049 	  error_flag = -1;
2050 	}
2051     }
2052 
2053   if (error_flag)
2054     {
2055       /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2056          message about possibly exhausted resources.  */
2057       if (hw_breakpoint_error)
2058 	{
2059 	  fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2060 			      "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2061 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2062 	}
2063       target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2064       error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2065     }
2066 
2067   do_cleanups (cleanups);
2068 }
2069 
2070 /* Used when the program stops.
2071    Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2072    removing a breakpoint location.  */
2073 
2074 int
2075 remove_breakpoints (void)
2076 {
2077   struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2078   int val = 0;
2079 
2080   ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2081   {
2082     if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2083       val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2084   }
2085   return val;
2086 }
2087 
2088 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID.  */
2089 
2090 int
2091 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2092 {
2093   struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2094   int val;
2095   struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2096 
2097   ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2098   {
2099     if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2100       continue;
2101 
2102     if (bl->inserted)
2103       {
2104 	val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2105 	if (val != 0)
2106 	  return val;
2107       }
2108   }
2109   return 0;
2110 }
2111 
2112 int
2113 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2114 {
2115   struct cleanup *old_chain;
2116   struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2117   int val;
2118   struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2119   int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2120   struct inferior *inf;
2121   struct thread_info *tp;
2122 
2123   tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2124   if (tp == NULL)
2125     return 1;
2126 
2127   inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2128   old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2129 
2130   inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2131 
2132   tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2133   make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2134 
2135   ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2136   {
2137     if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2138       continue;
2139 
2140     if (bl->inserted)
2141       {
2142 	bl->inserted = 0;
2143 	val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2144 	if (val != 0)
2145 	  {
2146 	    do_cleanups (old_chain);
2147 	    return val;
2148 	  }
2149       }
2150   }
2151   do_cleanups (old_chain);
2152   return 0;
2153 }
2154 
2155 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2156 
2157 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2158    If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2159    from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2160    Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2161    breakpoint_count and that value incremented.  Internal breakpoints
2162    do not set the internal var bpnum.  */
2163 static void
2164 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2165 {
2166   if (internal)
2167     b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2168   else
2169     {
2170       set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2171       b->number = breakpoint_count;
2172     }
2173 }
2174 
2175 static struct breakpoint *
2176 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2177 			    CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
2178 			    const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
2179 {
2180   struct symtab_and_line sal;
2181   struct breakpoint *b;
2182 
2183   init_sal (&sal);		/* Initialize to zeroes.  */
2184 
2185   sal.pc = address;
2186   sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2187   sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2188 
2189   b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
2190   b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2191   b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2192 
2193   return b;
2194 }
2195 
2196 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2197   {
2198     "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2199   };
2200 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2201 
2202 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c.  */
2203 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2204 {
2205   /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any).  */
2206   struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2207 
2208   /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any).  */
2209   struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2210 
2211   /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any).  */
2212   struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2213 
2214   /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any).  */
2215   struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2216 };
2217 
2218 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2219 
2220 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel.  */
2221 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2222 
2223 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel.  */
2224 
2225 static int
2226 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2227 {
2228   return msym == &msym_not_found;
2229 }
2230 
2231 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2232    Allocate the data if necessary.  */
2233 
2234 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2235 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2236 {
2237   struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2238 
2239   bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2240   if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2241     {
2242       bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2243 				       sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2244 
2245       memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2246       set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2247     }
2248   return bp_objfile_data;
2249 }
2250 
2251 static void
2252 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2253 {
2254   struct objfile *objfile;
2255   const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2256 
2257   ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2258     {
2259       struct breakpoint *b;
2260       struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2261       CORE_ADDR addr;
2262 
2263       bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2264 
2265       if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2266 	continue;
2267 
2268       if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2269 	{
2270 	  struct minimal_symbol *m;
2271 
2272 	  m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2273 	  if (m == NULL)
2274 	    {
2275 	      /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile.  */
2276 	      bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2277 	      continue;
2278 	    }
2279 	  bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2280 	}
2281 
2282       addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2283       b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2284                                       bp_overlay_event,
2285 				      &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2286       b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2287 
2288       if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2289         {
2290           b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2291           overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2292         }
2293       else
2294        {
2295          b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2296          overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2297        }
2298     }
2299   update_global_location_list (1);
2300 }
2301 
2302 static void
2303 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2304 {
2305   struct program_space *pspace;
2306   struct cleanup *old_chain;
2307 
2308   old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2309 
2310   ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2311   {
2312     struct objfile *objfile;
2313 
2314     set_current_program_space (pspace);
2315 
2316     ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2317     {
2318       int i;
2319       struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2320       struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2321 
2322       gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2323       if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2324 	continue;
2325 
2326       bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2327 
2328       for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2329 	{
2330 	  struct breakpoint *b;
2331 	  const char *func_name;
2332 	  CORE_ADDR addr;
2333 
2334 	  if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2335 	    continue;
2336 
2337 	  func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2338 	  if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2339 	    {
2340 	      struct minimal_symbol *m;
2341 
2342 	      m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2343 	      if (m == NULL)
2344 		{
2345 		  /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile.  */
2346 		  bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2347 		  continue;
2348 		}
2349 	      bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2350 	    }
2351 
2352 	  addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2353 	  b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
2354 					  &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2355 	  b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2356 	  b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2357 	}
2358     }
2359   }
2360   update_global_location_list (1);
2361 
2362   do_cleanups (old_chain);
2363 }
2364 
2365 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint.  */
2366 static void
2367 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2368 {
2369   struct program_space *pspace;
2370   struct cleanup *old_chain;
2371   const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
2372 
2373   old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2374 
2375   ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2376   {
2377     struct objfile *objfile;
2378     CORE_ADDR addr;
2379 
2380     set_current_program_space (pspace);
2381 
2382     ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2383     {
2384       struct breakpoint *b;
2385       struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2386 
2387       bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2388 
2389       if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
2390 	continue;
2391 
2392       if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
2393 	{
2394 	  struct minimal_symbol *m;
2395 
2396 	  m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2397 	  if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2398 			    && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2399 	    {
2400 	      /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile.  */
2401 	      bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
2402 	      continue;
2403 	    }
2404 	  bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
2405 	}
2406 
2407       addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
2408       b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2409                                       bp_std_terminate_master,
2410 				      &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2411       b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2412       b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2413     }
2414   }
2415 
2416   update_global_location_list (1);
2417 
2418   do_cleanups (old_chain);
2419 }
2420 
2421 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook.  */
2422 
2423 void
2424 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2425 {
2426   struct objfile *objfile;
2427   const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2428 
2429   ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2430     {
2431       struct breakpoint *b;
2432       struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2433       struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2434       CORE_ADDR addr;
2435 
2436       bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2437 
2438       if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
2439 	continue;
2440 
2441       gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2442 
2443       if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
2444 	{
2445 	  struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
2446 
2447 	  debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2448 	  if (debug_hook == NULL)
2449 	    {
2450 	      bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
2451 	      continue;
2452 	    }
2453 
2454 	  bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
2455 	}
2456 
2457       addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
2458       addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
2459 						 &current_target);
2460       b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
2461 				      &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2462       b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2463       b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2464     }
2465 
2466   update_global_location_list (1);
2467 }
2468 
2469 void
2470 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2471 {
2472   struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2473   struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
2474 
2475   /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists.  If the
2476      INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2477      writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory.  The
2478      "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2479      do that.  Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2480      breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec.  We don't do that
2481      here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2482      breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here.  */
2483   ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
2484     if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
2485       gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
2486 
2487   ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2488   {
2489     if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
2490       continue;
2491 
2492     /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec().  */
2493     if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
2494       {
2495 	delete_breakpoint (b);
2496 	continue;
2497       }
2498 
2499     /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec().  */
2500     if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
2501       {
2502 	delete_breakpoint (b);
2503 	continue;
2504       }
2505 
2506     /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2507        as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints.  */
2508     if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
2509 	|| b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
2510 	|| b->type == bp_exception_master)
2511       {
2512 	delete_breakpoint (b);
2513 	continue;
2514       }
2515 
2516     /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec().  */
2517     if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
2518       {
2519 	delete_breakpoint (b);
2520 	continue;
2521       }
2522 
2523     /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2524        after an exec.  */
2525     if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
2526 	|| b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
2527       {
2528 	delete_breakpoint (b);
2529 	continue;
2530       }
2531 
2532     if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2533       {
2534         /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2535            do anything at this point.  In the future, if some of
2536            the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2537            a new method, and call this method from here.  */
2538         continue;
2539       }
2540 
2541     /* bp_finish is a special case.  The only way we ought to be able
2542        to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2543        caught a vfork, and then said "finish".  Ordinarily a finish just
2544        carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2545        a temporary bp there and resuming.  But in this case, the finish
2546        will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2547 
2548        We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now.  But
2549        we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2550        the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it.  There's a
2551        chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2552        here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2553        gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2554        We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2555 
2556        In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
2557        it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2558        problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2559        let finish_command delete it.
2560 
2561        (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2562        momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2563        the inferior stopped.  So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2564        address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2565        solib breakpoints.)  */
2566 
2567     if (b->type == bp_finish)
2568       {
2569 	continue;
2570       }
2571 
2572     /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2573        pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2574        a.out.  */
2575     if (b->addr_string == NULL)
2576       {
2577 	delete_breakpoint (b);
2578 	continue;
2579       }
2580   }
2581   /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints?  Re-create them here?  */
2582   create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2583   create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2584   create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2585   create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2586 }
2587 
2588 int
2589 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
2590 {
2591   struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2592   int val = 0;
2593   struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2594   struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
2595 
2596   if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2597     error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2598 
2599   /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global.  */
2600   inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
2601   ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2602   {
2603     if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2604       continue;
2605 
2606     if (bl->inserted)
2607       val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
2608   }
2609 
2610   /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well.  */
2611   detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2612 
2613   do_cleanups (old_chain);
2614   return val;
2615 }
2616 
2617 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2618    Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2619    When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2620    do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2621    *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here.  */
2622 
2623 static int
2624 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2625 {
2626   int val;
2627 
2628   /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers.  */
2629   gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2630 
2631   if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2632     /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed.  */
2633     return 0;
2634 
2635   /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2636      This should not ever happen.  */
2637   gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2638 
2639   if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2640       || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2641     {
2642       /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2643 	 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2644 	 bp_hardware_breakpoint.  */
2645 
2646       /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay.  */
2647       if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2648 	  || bl->section == NULL
2649 	  || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2650 	{
2651 	  /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint.  */
2652 	  val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2653 	}
2654       else
2655 	{
2656 	  /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2657 	     Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA?  */
2658 	  if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2659 	      {
2660 		/* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2661 		   should have set a breakpoint at the LMA.  Remove it.
2662 		*/
2663 		/* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2664 		   have already warned when we failed to insert it.  */
2665 		if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2666 		  target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2667 					       &bl->overlay_target_info);
2668 		else
2669 		  target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2670 					    &bl->overlay_target_info);
2671 	      }
2672 	  /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2673 	     If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'.  */
2674 	  if (bl->inserted)
2675 	    {
2676 	      /* Yes -- remove it.  Previously we did not bother to
2677 		 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2678 		 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe.  We
2679 		 don't know what the overlay manager might do.  */
2680 
2681 	      /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2682 		 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2683 		 wrong code with the saved shadow contents.  */
2684 	      if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
2685 		  || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2686 		val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2687 	      else
2688 		val = 0;
2689 	    }
2690 	  else
2691 	    {
2692 	      /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove.  No error.  */
2693 	      val = 0;
2694 	    }
2695 	}
2696 
2697       /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2698 	 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2699 	 have not yet processed the shlib unload event.  */
2700       if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2701 	val = 0;
2702 
2703       if (val)
2704 	return val;
2705       bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2706     }
2707   else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2708     {
2709       gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2710 		  && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2711 
2712       bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2713       bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2714 
2715       /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here.  */
2716       if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
2717 	warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2718 		 bl->owner->number);
2719     }
2720   else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
2721            && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2722            && !bl->duplicate)
2723     {
2724       gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2725 		  && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2726 
2727       val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2728       if (val)
2729 	return val;
2730 
2731       bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2732     }
2733 
2734   return 0;
2735 }
2736 
2737 static int
2738 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2739 {
2740   int ret;
2741   struct cleanup *old_chain;
2742 
2743   /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers.  */
2744   gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2745 
2746   if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2747     /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed.  */
2748     return 0;
2749 
2750   /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2751      This should not ever happen.  */
2752   gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2753 
2754   old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
2755 
2756   switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2757 
2758   ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
2759 
2760   do_cleanups (old_chain);
2761   return ret;
2762 }
2763 
2764 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints.  */
2765 
2766 void
2767 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2768 {
2769   struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2770 
2771   ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2772     if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
2773       bl->inserted = 0;
2774 }
2775 
2776 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2777    breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2778 
2779    Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2780    between runs.
2781 
2782    Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2783    generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2784    init_wait_for_inferior).  */
2785 
2786 
2787 
2788 void
2789 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
2790 {
2791   struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2792   struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2793   int ix;
2794   struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
2795 
2796   /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2797      nothing to do.  */
2798   if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
2799     return;
2800 
2801   ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2802   {
2803     /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL.  */
2804     if (bl->pspace == pspace
2805 	&& bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2806       bl->inserted = 0;
2807   }
2808 
2809   ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2810   {
2811     if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
2812       continue;
2813 
2814     switch (b->type)
2815       {
2816       case bp_call_dummy:
2817 
2818 	/* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2819 	   cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2820 	   rid of it.  */
2821 
2822       case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2823 
2824 	/* Also get rid of scope breakpoints.  */
2825 
2826       case bp_shlib_event:
2827 
2828 	/* Also remove solib event breakpoints.  Their addresses may
2829 	   have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2830 	   Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2831 	   and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2832 	   not be used in by the target.  E.g.,
2833 
2834 	   (gdb) file prog-linux
2835 	   (gdb) run               # native linux target
2836 	   ...
2837 	   (gdb) kill
2838 	   (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2839 	   (gdb) tar rem :9999     # remote Windows gdbserver.
2840 	*/
2841 
2842 	delete_breakpoint (b);
2843 	break;
2844 
2845       case bp_watchpoint:
2846       case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2847       case bp_read_watchpoint:
2848       case bp_access_watchpoint:
2849 	{
2850 	  struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
2851 
2852 	  /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions.  */
2853 	  if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
2854 	    delete_breakpoint (b);
2855 	  else if (context == inf_starting)
2856 	    {
2857 	      /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2858 		 insert_breakpoints.  */
2859 	      if (w->val)
2860 		value_free (w->val);
2861 	      w->val = NULL;
2862 	      w->val_valid = 0;
2863 	  }
2864 	}
2865 	break;
2866       default:
2867 	break;
2868       }
2869   }
2870 
2871   /* Get rid of the moribund locations.  */
2872   for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
2873     decref_bp_location (&bl);
2874   VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
2875 }
2876 
2877 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2878    target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2879    we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2880    match, not program space.  */
2881 
2882 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2883    exists at PC.  It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2884    ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2885    permanent breakpoint.
2886    - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2887      actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2888    - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
2889      need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2890      the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint.  */
2891 
2892 enum breakpoint_here
2893 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2894 {
2895   struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2896   int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
2897 
2898   ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2899     {
2900       if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2901 	  && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2902 	continue;
2903 
2904       /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL.  */
2905       if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2906 	   || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2907 	  && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2908 	{
2909 	  if (overlay_debugging
2910 	      && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2911 	      && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2912 	    continue;		/* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2913 	  else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2914 	    return permanent_breakpoint_here;
2915 	  else
2916 	    any_breakpoint_here = 1;
2917 	}
2918     }
2919 
2920   return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
2921 }
2922 
2923 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC.  */
2924 
2925 int
2926 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2927 {
2928   struct bp_location *loc;
2929   int ix;
2930 
2931   for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
2932     if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
2933       return 1;
2934 
2935   return 0;
2936 }
2937 
2938 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2939    inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2940    mechanism.  This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2941    are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation.  */
2942 
2943 int
2944 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2945 				    CORE_ADDR pc)
2946 {
2947   struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2948 
2949   ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2950     {
2951       if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2952 	  && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2953 	continue;
2954 
2955       if (bl->inserted
2956 	  && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2957 	{
2958 	  if (overlay_debugging
2959 	      && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2960 	      && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2961 	    continue;		/* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2962 	  else
2963 	    return 1;
2964 	}
2965     }
2966   return 0;
2967 }
2968 
2969 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2970    or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC.  */
2971 
2972 int
2973 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2974 {
2975   if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2976     return 1;
2977 
2978   if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2979     return 1;
2980 
2981   return 0;
2982 }
2983 
2984 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2985    inserted at PC.  */
2986 
2987 int
2988 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2989 				     CORE_ADDR pc)
2990 {
2991   struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2992 
2993   ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2994     {
2995       if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
2996 	continue;
2997 
2998       if (bl->inserted
2999 	  && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3000 				       aspace, pc))
3001 	{
3002 	  if (overlay_debugging
3003 	      && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3004 	      && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3005 	    continue;		/* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3006 	  else
3007 	    return 1;
3008 	}
3009     }
3010 
3011   /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints.  */
3012   if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3013     return 1;
3014 
3015   return 0;
3016 }
3017 
3018 int
3019 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3020 				       CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3021 {
3022   struct breakpoint *bpt;
3023 
3024   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3025     {
3026       struct bp_location *loc;
3027 
3028       if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3029 	  && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3030 	continue;
3031 
3032       if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3033 	continue;
3034 
3035       for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3036 	if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3037 	  {
3038 	    CORE_ADDR l, h;
3039 
3040 	    /* Check for intersection.  */
3041 	    l = max (loc->address, addr);
3042 	    h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3043 	    if (l < h)
3044 	      return 1;
3045 	  }
3046     }
3047   return 0;
3048 }
3049 
3050 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3051    PC is valid for process/thread PTID.  */
3052 
3053 int
3054 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3055 			 ptid_t ptid)
3056 {
3057   struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3058   /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily.  */
3059   int thread = -1;
3060   int task = 0;
3061 
3062   ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3063     {
3064       if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3065 	  && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3066 	continue;
3067 
3068       /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL.  */
3069       if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3070 	  && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3071 	continue;
3072 
3073       if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3074 	continue;
3075 
3076       if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
3077 	{
3078 	  /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint.  Check that ptid
3079 	     matches that thread.  If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3080 	     it is now time to do so.  */
3081 	  if (thread == -1)
3082 	    thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3083 	  if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
3084 	    continue;
3085 	}
3086 
3087       if (bl->owner->task != 0)
3088         {
3089 	  /* This is a task-specific breakpoint.  Check that ptid
3090 	     matches that task.  If task hasn't been computed yet,
3091 	     it is now time to do so.  */
3092 	  if (task == 0)
3093 	    task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
3094 	  if (bl->owner->task != task)
3095 	    continue;
3096         }
3097 
3098       if (overlay_debugging
3099 	  && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3100 	  && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3101 	continue;	    /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3102 
3103       return 1;
3104     }
3105 
3106   return 0;
3107 }
3108 
3109 
3110 /* bpstat stuff.  External routines' interfaces are documented
3111    in breakpoint.h.  */
3112 
3113 int
3114 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3115 {
3116   return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3117 }
3118 
3119 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat.  Does not walk the
3120    'next' chain.  */
3121 
3122 static void
3123 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3124 {
3125   if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3126     value_free (bs->old_val);
3127   decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3128   decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3129   xfree (bs);
3130 }
3131 
3132 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3133    Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat.  */
3134 
3135 void
3136 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3137 {
3138   bpstat p;
3139   bpstat q;
3140 
3141   if (bsp == 0)
3142     return;
3143   p = *bsp;
3144   while (p != NULL)
3145     {
3146       q = p->next;
3147       bpstat_free (p);
3148       p = q;
3149     }
3150   *bsp = NULL;
3151 }
3152 
3153 /* Return a copy of a bpstat.  Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3154    is part of the bpstat is copied as well.  */
3155 
3156 bpstat
3157 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3158 {
3159   bpstat p = NULL;
3160   bpstat tmp;
3161   bpstat retval = NULL;
3162 
3163   if (bs == NULL)
3164     return bs;
3165 
3166   for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3167     {
3168       tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3169       memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3170       incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3171       incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3172       if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3173 	{
3174 	  tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3175 	  release_value (tmp->old_val);
3176 	}
3177 
3178       if (p == NULL)
3179 	/* This is the first thing in the chain.  */
3180 	retval = tmp;
3181       else
3182 	p->next = tmp;
3183       p = tmp;
3184     }
3185   p->next = NULL;
3186   return retval;
3187 }
3188 
3189 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint.  */
3190 
3191 bpstat
3192 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3193 {
3194   if (bsp == NULL)
3195     return NULL;
3196 
3197   for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3198     {
3199       if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3200 	return bsp;
3201     }
3202   return NULL;
3203 }
3204 
3205 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3206    stopped at.  *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3207    remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3208    good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3209 
3210    Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3211    Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3212    we set it.
3213    Return 1 otherwise.  */
3214 
3215 int
3216 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3217 {
3218   struct breakpoint *b;
3219 
3220   if ((*bsp) == NULL)
3221     return 0;			/* No more breakpoint values */
3222 
3223   /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3224      single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3225      same number more than once and this will look ugly.  */
3226   b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3227   *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3228   if (b == NULL)
3229     return -1;			/* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3230 
3231   *num = b->number;		/* We have its number */
3232   return 1;
3233 }
3234 
3235 /* See breakpoint.h.  */
3236 
3237 void
3238 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
3239 {
3240   struct thread_info *tp;
3241   bpstat bs;
3242 
3243   if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3244     return;
3245 
3246   tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
3247   if (tp == NULL)
3248     return;
3249 
3250   for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3251     {
3252       decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3253 
3254       if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3255 	{
3256 	  value_free (bs->old_val);
3257 	  bs->old_val = NULL;
3258 	}
3259     }
3260 }
3261 
3262 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior.  */
3263 
3264 static void
3265 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3266 {
3267   if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3268     {
3269       struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3270 
3271       /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3272 	 interrupt the command list.  When the call finishes
3273 	 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3274 	 breakpoint as if nothing happened.  */
3275       if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3276 	return;
3277     }
3278 
3279   breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3280 }
3281 
3282 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3283    command.  */
3284 static void
3285 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3286 {
3287   executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3288 }
3289 
3290 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
3291    or its equivalent.  */
3292 
3293 static int
3294 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
3295 {
3296   return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
3297 		 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
3298 }
3299 
3300 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3301    this location.  Any of these commands could cause the process to
3302    proceed beyond this point, etc.  We look out for such changes by
3303    checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3304 
3305    Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior.  In that
3306    case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3307    bpstat of the current thread.  */
3308 
3309 static int
3310 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3311 {
3312   bpstat bs;
3313   struct cleanup *old_chain;
3314   int again = 0;
3315 
3316   /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3317      in bs->commands.  */
3318   if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3319     return 0;
3320 
3321   executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3322   old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3323 
3324   prevent_dont_repeat ();
3325 
3326   /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's.  */
3327   bs = *bsp;
3328 
3329   breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3330   for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3331     {
3332       struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3333       struct command_line *cmd;
3334       struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3335 
3336       /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3337 
3338          The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3339          'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3340          frees stop_bpstat's command tree.  To make sure this doesn't
3341          free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3342          take ownership of the tree ourselves.  Since a given bpstat's
3343          commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3344          can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3345          the tree when we're done.  */
3346       ccmd = bs->commands;
3347       bs->commands = NULL;
3348       this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3349       cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
3350       if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
3351 	{
3352 	  /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status.  */
3353 	  cmd = cmd->next;
3354 	}
3355 
3356       while (cmd != NULL)
3357 	{
3358 	  execute_control_command (cmd);
3359 
3360 	  if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3361 	    break;
3362 	  else
3363 	    cmd = cmd->next;
3364 	}
3365 
3366       /* We can free this command tree now.  */
3367       do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3368 
3369       if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3370 	{
3371 	  if (target_can_async_p ())
3372 	    /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3373 	       running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3374 	       us to do here -- just return to the event loop.  */
3375 	    ;
3376 	  else
3377 	    /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3378 	       we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3379 	       Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3380 	       execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3381 	       only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3382 	       involved in execution of breakpoint commands.  So, we
3383 	       can now execute breakpoint commands.  It should be
3384 	       noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3385 	       not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3386 	       invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3387 	       command, and can easily blow up GDB stack.  Instead, we
3388 	       return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3389 	       with the new stop_bpstat.  */
3390 	    again = 1;
3391 	  break;
3392 	}
3393     }
3394   do_cleanups (old_chain);
3395   return again;
3396 }
3397 
3398 void
3399 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3400 {
3401   struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
3402 
3403   /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at.  */
3404   while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
3405 	 && target_has_execution
3406 	 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
3407 	 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
3408     /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3409        and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3410        keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3411        indicate the inferior was not resumed.  */
3412     if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
3413       break;
3414 
3415   discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
3416 }
3417 
3418 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint.  */
3419 
3420 static void
3421 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
3422 {
3423   if (val == NULL)
3424     fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
3425   else
3426     {
3427       struct value_print_options opts;
3428       get_user_print_options (&opts);
3429       value_print (val, stream, &opts);
3430     }
3431 }
3432 
3433 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3434    stopped.  The behavior of this function depends on the value
3435    'print_it' in the bpstat structure.  Under some circumstances we
3436    may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3437    normal_stop().  */
3438 
3439 static enum print_stop_action
3440 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
3441 {
3442   switch (bs->print_it)
3443     {
3444     case print_it_noop:
3445       /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry.  */
3446       return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3447       break;
3448 
3449     case print_it_done:
3450       /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3451          relevant messages.  */
3452       return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3453       break;
3454 
3455     case print_it_normal:
3456       {
3457 	struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3458 
3459 	/* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3460 	   which has since been deleted.  */
3461 	if (b == NULL)
3462 	  return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3463 
3464 	/* Normal case.  Call the breakpoint's print_it method.  */
3465 	return b->ops->print_it (bs);
3466       }
3467       break;
3468 
3469     default:
3470       internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3471 		      _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3472       break;
3473     }
3474 }
3475 
3476 /* Print a message indicating what happened.  This is called from
3477    normal_stop().  The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3478    list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop.  KIND is
3479    the target_waitkind for the stopping event.  This
3480    routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3481    about reasons for stopping.  This will print (for example) the
3482    "Breakpoint n," part of the output.  The return value of this
3483    routine is one of:
3484 
3485    PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3486    PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3487    code to print the location.  An example is
3488    "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3489    the location.
3490    PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3491    to also print the location part of the message.
3492    An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3493    don't require a location appended to the end.
3494    PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3495    further info to be printed.  */
3496 
3497 enum print_stop_action
3498 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
3499 {
3500   int val;
3501 
3502   /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3503      (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3504      That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3505      with respect to bpstat_explains_signal).  */
3506   for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
3507     {
3508       val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
3509       if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3510 	  || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3511 	  || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
3512 	return val;
3513     }
3514 
3515   /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
3516      print_bp_stop_message would print out this message.  If we hit an
3517      OS-level shared library event, do the same thing.  */
3518   if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
3519     {
3520       ui_out_text (current_uiout, _("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3521       if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
3522 	ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
3523 			     async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
3524       return PRINT_NOTHING;
3525     }
3526 
3527   /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3528      with and nothing was printed.  */
3529   return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3530 }
3531 
3532 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.  This is
3533    used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3534    The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3535    "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors.  */
3536 
3537 static int
3538 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
3539 {
3540   struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3541   int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
3542 
3543   value_free_to_mark (mark);
3544   return i;
3545 }
3546 
3547 /* Allocate a new bpstat.  Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER.  */
3548 
3549 static bpstat
3550 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
3551 {
3552   bpstat bs;
3553 
3554   bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
3555   bs->next = NULL;
3556   **bs_link_pointer = bs;
3557   *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
3558   bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
3559   bs->bp_location_at = bl;
3560   incref_bp_location (bl);
3561   /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands.  */
3562   bs->commands = NULL;
3563   bs->old_val = NULL;
3564   bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
3565   return bs;
3566 }
3567 
3568 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS.  Check if any hardware
3569    watchpoints have triggered, according to the target.  */
3570 
3571 int
3572 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3573 {
3574   int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3575   CORE_ADDR addr;
3576   struct breakpoint *b;
3577 
3578   if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
3579     {
3580       /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint.  Mark all watchpoints
3581 	 as not triggered.  */
3582       ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3583 	if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3584 	  {
3585 	    struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3586 
3587 	    w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3588 	  }
3589 
3590       return 0;
3591     }
3592 
3593   if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
3594     {
3595       /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3596 	 Mark all watchpoints as unknown.  */
3597       ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3598 	if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3599 	  {
3600 	    struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3601 
3602 	    w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
3603 	  }
3604 
3605       return stopped_by_watchpoint;
3606     }
3607 
3608   /* The target could report the data address.  Mark watchpoints
3609      affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3610      triggered.  */
3611 
3612   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3613     if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3614       {
3615 	struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3616 	struct bp_location *loc;
3617 
3618 	w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3619 	for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3620 	  {
3621 	    if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
3622 	      {
3623 		CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
3624 		CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
3625 
3626 		if (newaddr == start)
3627 		  {
3628 		    w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3629 		    break;
3630 		  }
3631 	      }
3632 	    /* Exact match not required.  Within range is sufficient.  */
3633 	    else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
3634 							 addr, loc->address,
3635 							 loc->length))
3636 	      {
3637 		w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3638 		break;
3639 	      }
3640 	  }
3641       }
3642 
3643   return 1;
3644 }
3645 
3646 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3647    because of check_errors).  */
3648 /* The watchpoint has been deleted.  */
3649 #define WP_DELETED 1
3650 /* The value has changed.  */
3651 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3652 /* The value has not changed.  */
3653 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3654 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not.  */
3655 #define WP_IGNORE 4
3656 
3657 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3658 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3659 
3660 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3661    changed.
3662 
3663    P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3664    in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors.  */
3665 
3666 static int
3667 watchpoint_check (void *p)
3668 {
3669   bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
3670   struct watchpoint *b;
3671   struct frame_info *fr;
3672   int within_current_scope;
3673 
3674   /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint.  */
3675   gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
3676   b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3677 
3678   /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3679      watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3680      that was used to create the watchpoint.  */
3681   if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
3682     return WP_IGNORE;
3683 
3684   if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
3685     within_current_scope = 1;
3686   else
3687     {
3688       struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
3689       struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
3690       CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
3691 
3692       /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3693 	 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3694 	 invalidated.  Since we can't rely on the values of local
3695 	 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3696 	 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3697 	 checking.  Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3698 	 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3699 	 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3700 	 frame_find_by_id could error out.  */
3701       if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
3702 	return WP_IGNORE;
3703 
3704       fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
3705       within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
3706 
3707       /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3708 	 returned a frame that can't describe this variable.  */
3709       if (within_current_scope)
3710 	{
3711 	  struct symbol *function;
3712 
3713 	  function = get_frame_function (fr);
3714 	  if (function == NULL
3715 	      || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
3716 				SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
3717 	    within_current_scope = 0;
3718 	}
3719 
3720       if (within_current_scope)
3721 	/* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3722 	   in normal_stop.  So this call to select_frame won't affect
3723 	   the user.  */
3724 	select_frame (fr);
3725     }
3726 
3727   if (within_current_scope)
3728     {
3729       /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3730          time before we return to the command level and call
3731          free_all_values.  We can't call free_all_values because we
3732          might be in the middle of evaluating a function call.  */
3733 
3734       int pc = 0;
3735       struct value *mark;
3736       struct value *new_val;
3737 
3738       if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
3739 	/* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3740 	   stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3741 	   a mask watchpoint.  */
3742 	return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3743 
3744       mark = value_mark ();
3745       fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
3746 
3747       /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3748 	 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3749 	 the address of the array instead of its contents.  This is
3750 	 not what we want.  */
3751       if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
3752 	  || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
3753 	{
3754 	  if (new_val != NULL)
3755 	    {
3756 	      release_value (new_val);
3757 	      value_free_to_mark (mark);
3758 	    }
3759 	  bs->old_val = b->val;
3760 	  b->val = new_val;
3761 	  b->val_valid = 1;
3762 	  return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3763 	}
3764       else
3765 	{
3766 	  /* Nothing changed.  */
3767 	  value_free_to_mark (mark);
3768 	  return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
3769 	}
3770     }
3771   else
3772     {
3773       struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
3774 
3775       /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3776          if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3777          we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3778          garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3779          garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3780          So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3781          watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3782          the first value assigned).  */
3783       /* We print all the stop information in
3784 	 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
3785 	 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
3786 	 already.  So we have no choice but print the information
3787 	 here.  */
3788       if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3789 	ui_out_field_string
3790 	  (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
3791       ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
3792       ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
3793       ui_out_text (uiout,
3794 		   " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3795 which its expression is valid.\n");
3796 
3797       /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed.  */
3798       decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
3799       watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3800 
3801       return WP_DELETED;
3802     }
3803 }
3804 
3805 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3806    breakpoint location BL.  This function does not check if we should
3807    stop, only if BL explains the stop.  */
3808 
3809 static int
3810 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
3811 		       struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
3812 {
3813   struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
3814 
3815   /* BL is from an existing breakpoint.  */
3816   gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3817 
3818   return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr);
3819 }
3820 
3821 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
3822    should stop.  If not, set BS->stop to 0.  */
3823 
3824 static void
3825 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
3826 {
3827   const struct bp_location *bl;
3828   struct watchpoint *b;
3829 
3830   /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint.  */
3831   bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3832   gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3833   b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3834   gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3835 
3836     {
3837       int must_check_value = 0;
3838 
3839       if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
3840 	/* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3841 	   watched value.  */
3842 	must_check_value = 1;
3843       else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
3844 	/* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3845 	   and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3846 	   this watchpoint.  */
3847 	must_check_value = 1;
3848       else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
3849 	       && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
3850 	/* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3851 	   not report the data address.  We must check the watchpoint's
3852 	   value.  Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3853 	   a data address, we can't figure it out.  */
3854 	must_check_value = 1;
3855 
3856       if (must_check_value)
3857 	{
3858 	  char *message
3859 	    = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3860 			  b->base.number);
3861 	  struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
3862 	  int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
3863 				RETURN_MASK_ALL);
3864 	  do_cleanups (cleanups);
3865 	  switch (e)
3866 	    {
3867 	    case WP_DELETED:
3868 	      /* We've already printed what needs to be printed.  */
3869 	      bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3870 	      /* Stop.  */
3871 	      break;
3872 	    case WP_IGNORE:
3873 	      bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3874 	      bs->stop = 0;
3875 	      break;
3876 	    case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
3877 	      if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
3878 		{
3879 		  /* There are two cases to consider here:
3880 
3881 		     1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3882 		     In that case, trust the target, and always report
3883 		     the watchpoint hit to the user.  Even though
3884 		     reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3885 		     have changed since the last time it was read, and
3886 		     since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3887 		     those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3888 		     old value.
3889 
3890 		     2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
3891 		     reads and writes.  There are two ways this may
3892 		     happen:
3893 
3894 		     2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
3895 		     reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3896 		     writes), such as e.g., x86.  We detect this case
3897 		     at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3898 
3899 		     2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
3900 		     watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3901 		     watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3902 		     watchpoint.
3903 
3904 		     If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
3905 		     ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
3906 		     value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
3907 		     changes.  This still gives false positives when
3908 		     the program writes the same value to memory as
3909 		     what there was already in memory (we will confuse
3910 		     it for a read), but it's much better than
3911 		     nothing.  */
3912 
3913 		  int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
3914 
3915 		  if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
3916 		    {
3917 		      struct breakpoint *other_b;
3918 
3919 		      ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
3920 			if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3921 			    || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
3922 			  {
3923 			    struct watchpoint *other_w =
3924 			      (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
3925 
3926 			    if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
3927 				== watch_triggered_yes)
3928 			      {
3929 				other_write_watchpoint = 1;
3930 				break;
3931 			      }
3932 			  }
3933 		    }
3934 
3935 		  if (other_write_watchpoint
3936 		      || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
3937 		    {
3938 		      /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
3939 			 and the value changed since the last time we
3940 			 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
3941 			 Ignore it.  */
3942 		      bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3943 		      bs->stop = 0;
3944 		    }
3945 		}
3946 	      break;
3947 	    case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
3948 	      if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3949 		  || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
3950 		{
3951 		  /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3952 		     the value hasn't changed.  */
3953 		  bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3954 		  bs->stop = 0;
3955 		}
3956 	      /* Stop.  */
3957 	      break;
3958 	    default:
3959 	      /* Can't happen.  */
3960 	    case 0:
3961 	      /* Error from catch_errors.  */
3962 	      printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
3963 	      watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3964 	      /* We've already printed what needs to be printed.  */
3965 	      bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3966 	      break;
3967 	    }
3968 	}
3969       else	/* must_check_value == 0 */
3970 	{
3971 	  /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3972 	     not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3973 	     watchpoint triggered after all.  So don't print
3974 	     anything for this watchpoint.  */
3975 	  bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3976 	  bs->stop = 0;
3977 	}
3978     }
3979 }
3980 
3981 
3982 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3983    of breakpoint referred to by BS.  If we should not stop for this
3984    breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0.  */
3985 
3986 static void
3987 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
3988 {
3989   int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3990   const struct bp_location *bl;
3991   struct breakpoint *b;
3992 
3993   /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint.  */
3994   bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3995   gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3996   b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3997   gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3998 
3999   if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
4000       && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4001     bs->stop = 0;
4002   else if (bs->stop)
4003     {
4004       int value_is_zero = 0;
4005       struct expression *cond;
4006 
4007       /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4008 	 method implemented.  */
4009       if (b->py_bp_object)
4010 	bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
4011 
4012       if (is_watchpoint (b))
4013 	{
4014 	  struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4015 
4016 	  cond = w->cond_exp;
4017 	}
4018       else
4019 	cond = bl->cond;
4020 
4021       if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
4022 	{
4023 	  int within_current_scope = 1;
4024 	  struct watchpoint * w;
4025 
4026 	  /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4027 	     be a long time before we return to the command level and
4028 	     call free_all_values.  We can't call free_all_values
4029 	     because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4030 	     function call.  */
4031 	  struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4032 
4033 	  if (is_watchpoint (b))
4034 	    w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4035 	  else
4036 	    w = NULL;
4037 
4038 	  /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4039 	     the conditions will have the right context.  Because we
4040 	     use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4041 	     variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4042 	     of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4043 	     call site.  */
4044 	  if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
4045 	    select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4046 	  else
4047 	    {
4048 	      struct frame_info *frame;
4049 
4050 	      /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4051 		 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4052 		 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4053 		 in.  To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4054 		 really matter which instantiation of the function
4055 		 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4056 		 watchpoint.  This allows an expression like "watch
4057 		 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4058 		 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4059 		 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4060 		 thread.  We simply always evaluate the condition in
4061 		 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4062 		 sense to evaluate the condition.  It seems
4063 		 intuitive.  */
4064 	      frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
4065 	      if (frame != NULL)
4066 		select_frame (frame);
4067 	      else
4068 		within_current_scope = 0;
4069 	    }
4070 	  if (within_current_scope)
4071 	    value_is_zero
4072 	      = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4073 			      "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4074 			      RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4075 	  else
4076 	    {
4077 	      warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4078 			 "in the current scope"));
4079 	      /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4080 		 watchpoint, unconditionally report it.  */
4081 	      value_is_zero = 0;
4082 	    }
4083 	  /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #.  */
4084 	  value_free_to_mark (mark);
4085 	}
4086 
4087       if (cond && value_is_zero)
4088 	{
4089 	  bs->stop = 0;
4090 	}
4091       else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4092 	{
4093 	  bs->stop = 0;
4094 	}
4095       else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4096 	{
4097 	  b->ignore_count--;
4098 	  annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4099 	  bs->stop = 0;
4100 	  /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop.  */
4101 	  ++(b->hit_count);
4102 	  observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4103 	}
4104     }
4105 }
4106 
4107 
4108 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4109    BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4110 
4111    Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4112    don't understand this stop.  Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4113    that:
4114 
4115    if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4116 
4117    if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4118 
4119    Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4120    watchpoint at which we have stopped.  (We may have stopped for
4121    several reasons concurrently.)
4122 
4123    Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4124    commands, FIXME??? fields.  */
4125 
4126 bpstat
4127 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4128 		    CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
4129 {
4130   struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4131   struct bp_location *bl;
4132   struct bp_location *loc;
4133   /* First item of allocated bpstat's.  */
4134   bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4135   /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently.  */
4136   bpstat bs;
4137   int ix;
4138   int need_remove_insert;
4139   int removed_any;
4140 
4141   /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4142      target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4143      as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4144      locations are recreated).  Resuming will happen here with
4145      breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4146      inferior function calls.  */
4147 
4148   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4149     {
4150       if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4151 	continue;
4152 
4153       for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4154 	{
4155 	  /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4156 	     location.  The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4157 	     entire expression, not the individual locations.  For
4158 	     read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4159 	     checked all locations already.  */
4160 	  if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4161 	    break;
4162 
4163 	  if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4164 	    continue;
4165 
4166 	  if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr))
4167 	    continue;
4168 
4169 	  /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4170 	     matches.  */
4171 
4172 	  bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link);	/* Alloc a bpstat to
4173 						   explain stop.  */
4174 
4175 	  /* Assume we stop.  Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4176 	     actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4177 	     evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0.  */
4178 	  bs->stop = 1;
4179 	  bs->print = 1;
4180 
4181 	  /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4182 	     watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4183 	     out-of-scope event.  We'll get to the watchpoint next
4184 	     iteration.  */
4185 	  if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
4186 	    {
4187 	      struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
4188 
4189 	      w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4190 	    }
4191 	}
4192     }
4193 
4194   for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4195     {
4196       if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
4197 	{
4198 	  bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4199 	  /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed.  */
4200 	  bs->stop = 0;
4201 	  bs->print = 0;
4202 	  bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4203 	}
4204     }
4205 
4206   /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4207      check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4208      layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently.  */
4209 
4210   removed_any = 0;
4211 
4212   for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4213     {
4214       if (!bs->stop)
4215 	continue;
4216 
4217       b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4218       b->ops->check_status (bs);
4219       if (bs->stop)
4220 	{
4221 	  bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4222 
4223 	  if (bs->stop)
4224 	    {
4225 	      ++(b->hit_count);
4226 	      observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4227 
4228 	      /* We will stop here.  */
4229 	      if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4230 		{
4231 		  if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4232 		    b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4233 		  removed_any = 1;
4234 		}
4235 	      if (b->silent)
4236 		bs->print = 0;
4237 	      bs->commands = b->commands;
4238 	      incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4239 	      if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
4240 					  ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
4241 		bs->print = 0;
4242 	    }
4243 
4244 	  /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't print.  */
4245 	  if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
4246 	    bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4247 	}
4248     }
4249 
4250   /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4251      not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4252      watching may have.  Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4253      done later.  */
4254   need_remove_insert = 0;
4255   if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
4256     for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4257       if (!bs->stop
4258 	  && bs->breakpoint_at
4259 	  && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
4260 	{
4261 	  struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4262 
4263 	  update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse.  */);
4264 	  need_remove_insert = 1;
4265 	}
4266 
4267   if (need_remove_insert)
4268     update_global_location_list (1);
4269   else if (removed_any)
4270     update_global_location_list (0);
4271 
4272   return bs_head;
4273 }
4274 
4275 static void
4276 handle_jit_event (void)
4277 {
4278   struct frame_info *frame;
4279   struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4280 
4281   /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4282      breakpoint_re_set.  */
4283   target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4284 
4285   frame = get_current_frame ();
4286   gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4287 
4288   jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
4289 
4290   target_terminal_inferior ();
4291 }
4292 
4293 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun.  */
4294 
4295 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat.  */
4296 
4297 struct bpstat_what
4298 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
4299 {
4300   struct bpstat_what retval;
4301   /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4302      resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4303      and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain.  */
4304   int shlib_event = 0;
4305   int jit_event = 0;
4306   bpstat bs;
4307 
4308   retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4309   retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
4310   retval.is_longjmp = 0;
4311 
4312   for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4313     {
4314       /* Extract this BS's action.  After processing each BS, we check
4315 	 if its action overrides all we've seem so far.  */
4316       enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4317       enum bptype bptype;
4318 
4319       if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4320 	{
4321 	  /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4322 	     breakpoint which has since been deleted.  */
4323 	  bptype = bp_none;
4324 	}
4325       else
4326 	bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
4327 
4328       switch (bptype)
4329 	{
4330 	case bp_none:
4331 	  break;
4332 	case bp_breakpoint:
4333 	case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4334 	case bp_until:
4335 	case bp_finish:
4336 	  if (bs->stop)
4337 	    {
4338 	      if (bs->print)
4339 		this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4340 	      else
4341 		this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4342 	    }
4343 	  else
4344 	    this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4345 	  break;
4346 	case bp_watchpoint:
4347 	case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4348 	case bp_read_watchpoint:
4349 	case bp_access_watchpoint:
4350 	  if (bs->stop)
4351 	    {
4352 	      if (bs->print)
4353 		this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4354 	      else
4355 		this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4356 	    }
4357 	  else
4358 	    {
4359 	      /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4360 		 This requires no further action.  */
4361 	    }
4362 	  break;
4363 	case bp_longjmp:
4364 	case bp_exception:
4365 	  this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4366 	  retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp;
4367 	  break;
4368 	case bp_longjmp_resume:
4369 	case bp_exception_resume:
4370 	  this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4371 	  retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
4372 	  break;
4373 	case bp_step_resume:
4374 	  if (bs->stop)
4375 	    this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
4376 	  else
4377 	    {
4378 	      /* It is for the wrong frame.  */
4379 	      this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4380 	    }
4381 	  break;
4382 	case bp_hp_step_resume:
4383 	  if (bs->stop)
4384 	    this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
4385 	  else
4386 	    {
4387 	      /* It is for the wrong frame.  */
4388 	      this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4389 	    }
4390 	  break;
4391 	case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4392 	case bp_thread_event:
4393 	case bp_overlay_event:
4394 	case bp_longjmp_master:
4395 	case bp_std_terminate_master:
4396 	case bp_exception_master:
4397 	  this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4398 	  break;
4399 	case bp_catchpoint:
4400 	  if (bs->stop)
4401 	    {
4402 	      if (bs->print)
4403 		this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4404 	      else
4405 		this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4406 	    }
4407 	  else
4408 	    {
4409 	      /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4410 		 This requires no further action.  */
4411 	    }
4412 	  break;
4413 	case bp_shlib_event:
4414 	  shlib_event = 1;
4415 
4416 	  /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4417 	     of events.  This allows the user to get control and place
4418 	     breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4419 	     loaded objects (among other things).  */
4420 	  if (stop_on_solib_events)
4421 	    this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4422 	  else
4423 	    this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4424 	  break;
4425 	case bp_jit_event:
4426 	  jit_event = 1;
4427 	  this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4428 	  break;
4429 	case bp_call_dummy:
4430 	  /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4431 	     so infrun.c pops the dummy frame.  */
4432 	  retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
4433 	  this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4434 	  break;
4435 	case bp_std_terminate:
4436 	  /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4437 	     so infrun.c pops the dummy frame.  */
4438 	  retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
4439 	  this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4440 	  break;
4441 	case bp_tracepoint:
4442 	case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4443 	case bp_static_tracepoint:
4444 	  /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4445 	     if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4446 	     out already.  */
4447 	  internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4448 			  _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4449 	  break;
4450 	case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4451 	  /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return).  */
4452 	  this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4453 	  break;
4454 	case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4455 	  /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4456 	     PC of the former breakpoint.  */
4457 	  this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4458 	  break;
4459 	default:
4460 	  internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4461 			  _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
4462 	}
4463 
4464       retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
4465     }
4466 
4467   /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4468      delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above.  */
4469 
4470   if (shlib_event)
4471     {
4472       if (debug_infrun)
4473 	fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4474 
4475       /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4476 	 to be adding them automatically.  */
4477 
4478       /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4479 	 breakpoint_re_set.  */
4480       target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4481 
4482 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
4483       SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4484 #else
4485       solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4486 #endif
4487 
4488       target_terminal_inferior ();
4489     }
4490 
4491   if (jit_event)
4492     {
4493       if (debug_infrun)
4494 	fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4495 
4496       handle_jit_event ();
4497     }
4498 
4499   for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4500     {
4501       struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4502 
4503       if (b == NULL)
4504 	continue;
4505       switch (b->type)
4506 	{
4507 	case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4508 	  gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
4509 	  break;
4510 	case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4511 	  gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
4512 	  break;
4513 	}
4514     }
4515 
4516   return retval;
4517 }
4518 
4519 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4520    without hardware support).  This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4521    just to things like whether watchpoints are set.  */
4522 
4523 int
4524 bpstat_should_step (void)
4525 {
4526   struct breakpoint *b;
4527 
4528   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4529     if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
4530       return 1;
4531   return 0;
4532 }
4533 
4534 int
4535 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
4536 {
4537   for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4538     if (bs->stop)
4539       return 1;
4540 
4541   return 0;
4542 }
4543 
4544 
4545 
4546 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4547    so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4548    named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT.  */
4549 
4550 static char *
4551 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
4552 {
4553   static char wrap_indent[80];
4554   int i, total_width, width, align;
4555   char *text;
4556 
4557   total_width = 0;
4558   for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
4559     {
4560       if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
4561 	{
4562 	  gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
4563 	  memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
4564 	  wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
4565 
4566 	  return wrap_indent;
4567 	}
4568 
4569       total_width += width + 1;
4570     }
4571 
4572   return NULL;
4573 }
4574 
4575 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations.  */
4576 
4577 static void
4578 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4579 			   struct bp_location *loc)
4580 {
4581   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4582   struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
4583 
4584   if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
4585     loc = NULL;
4586 
4587   if (loc != NULL)
4588     set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
4589 
4590   if (b->display_canonical)
4591     ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
4592   else if (loc && loc->source_file)
4593     {
4594       struct symbol *sym
4595 	= find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
4596       if (sym)
4597 	{
4598 	  ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
4599 	  ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
4600 			       SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
4601 	  ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
4602 	  ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
4603 	  ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
4604 	}
4605       ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
4606       ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
4607 
4608       if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4609 	{
4610 	  struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
4611 	  char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
4612 
4613 	  if (fullname)
4614 	    ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
4615 	}
4616 
4617       ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
4618     }
4619   else if (loc)
4620     {
4621       struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4622       struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4623 
4624       print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream,
4625 			      demangle, "");
4626       ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
4627 
4628       do_cleanups (stb_chain);
4629     }
4630   else
4631     ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
4632 
4633   do_cleanups (old_chain);
4634 }
4635 
4636 static const char *
4637 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
4638 {
4639   struct ep_type_description
4640     {
4641       enum bptype type;
4642       char *description;
4643     };
4644   static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
4645   {
4646     {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
4647     {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
4648     {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
4649     {bp_until, "until"},
4650     {bp_finish, "finish"},
4651     {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
4652     {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
4653     {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
4654     {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
4655     {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
4656     {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
4657     {bp_exception, "exception"},
4658     {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
4659     {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
4660     {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
4661     {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
4662     {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
4663     {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
4664     {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
4665     {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
4666     {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
4667     {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
4668     {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
4669     {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
4670     {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
4671     {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
4672     {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
4673     {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
4674     {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
4675     {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4676     {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4677   };
4678 
4679   if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
4680       || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
4681     internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4682 		    _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4683 		    (int) type);
4684 
4685   return bptypes[(int) type].description;
4686 }
4687 
4688 /* Print B to gdb_stdout.  */
4689 
4690 static void
4691 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4692 			       struct bp_location *loc,
4693 			       int loc_number,
4694 			       struct bp_location **last_loc,
4695 			       int allflag)
4696 {
4697   struct command_line *l;
4698   static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
4699 
4700   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4701   int header_of_multiple = 0;
4702   int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
4703   struct value_print_options opts;
4704 
4705   get_user_print_options (&opts);
4706 
4707   gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
4708   /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4709      breakpoints with single disabled location.  */
4710   if (loc == NULL
4711       && (b->loc != NULL
4712 	  && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
4713     header_of_multiple = 1;
4714   if (loc == NULL)
4715     loc = b->loc;
4716 
4717   annotate_record ();
4718 
4719   /* 1 */
4720   annotate_field (0);
4721   if (part_of_multiple)
4722     {
4723       char *formatted;
4724       formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
4725       ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
4726       xfree (formatted);
4727     }
4728   else
4729     {
4730       ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4731     }
4732 
4733   /* 2 */
4734   annotate_field (1);
4735   if (part_of_multiple)
4736     ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
4737   else
4738     ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
4739 
4740   /* 3 */
4741   annotate_field (2);
4742   if (part_of_multiple)
4743     ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
4744   else
4745     ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
4746 
4747 
4748   /* 4 */
4749   annotate_field (3);
4750   if (part_of_multiple)
4751     ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
4752   else
4753     ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
4754 		      bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
4755   ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
4756 
4757 
4758   /* 5 and 6 */
4759   if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
4760     {
4761       /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4762 	 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result.  So,
4763 	 make sure there's just one location.  */
4764       gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
4765       b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
4766     }
4767   else
4768     switch (b->type)
4769       {
4770       case bp_none:
4771 	internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4772 			_("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4773 	break;
4774 
4775       case bp_watchpoint:
4776       case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4777       case bp_read_watchpoint:
4778       case bp_access_watchpoint:
4779 	{
4780 	  struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4781 
4782 	  /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4783 	     not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4784 	     is relatively readable).  */
4785 	  if (opts.addressprint)
4786 	    ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4787 	  annotate_field (5);
4788 	  ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
4789 	}
4790 	break;
4791 
4792       case bp_breakpoint:
4793       case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4794       case bp_until:
4795       case bp_finish:
4796       case bp_longjmp:
4797       case bp_longjmp_resume:
4798       case bp_exception:
4799       case bp_exception_resume:
4800       case bp_step_resume:
4801       case bp_hp_step_resume:
4802       case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4803       case bp_call_dummy:
4804       case bp_std_terminate:
4805       case bp_shlib_event:
4806       case bp_thread_event:
4807       case bp_overlay_event:
4808       case bp_longjmp_master:
4809       case bp_std_terminate_master:
4810       case bp_exception_master:
4811       case bp_tracepoint:
4812       case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4813       case bp_static_tracepoint:
4814       case bp_jit_event:
4815       case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4816       case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4817 	if (opts.addressprint)
4818 	  {
4819 	    annotate_field (4);
4820 	    if (header_of_multiple)
4821 	      ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4822 	    else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
4823 	      ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4824 	    else
4825 	      ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
4826 				      loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
4827 	  }
4828 	annotate_field (5);
4829 	if (!header_of_multiple)
4830 	  print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
4831 	if (b->loc)
4832 	  *last_loc = b->loc;
4833 	break;
4834       }
4835 
4836 
4837   /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4838      are several.  */
4839   if (loc != NULL
4840       && !header_of_multiple
4841       && (allflag
4842 	  || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
4843 	      && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4844 		  || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4845 	      /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4846 		 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER.  */
4847 	      && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
4848     {
4849       struct inferior *inf;
4850       int first = 1;
4851 
4852       for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
4853 	{
4854 	  if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
4855 	    {
4856 	      if (first)
4857 		{
4858 		  first = 0;
4859 		  ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
4860 		}
4861 	      else
4862 		ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
4863 	      ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
4864 	    }
4865 	}
4866     }
4867 
4868   if (!part_of_multiple)
4869     {
4870       if (b->thread != -1)
4871 	{
4872 	  /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4873 	     "stop only in" line a little further down.  */
4874 	  ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
4875 	  ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4876 	}
4877       else if (b->task != 0)
4878 	{
4879 	  ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
4880 	  ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
4881 	}
4882     }
4883 
4884   ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4885 
4886   if (!part_of_multiple)
4887     b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
4888 
4889   if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
4890     {
4891       annotate_field (6);
4892       ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4893       /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
4894          the frame ID.  */
4895       ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
4896 			      b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
4897       ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4898     }
4899 
4900   if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
4901     {
4902       annotate_field (7);
4903       if (is_tracepoint (b))
4904 	ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
4905       else
4906 	ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
4907       ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
4908       ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4909     }
4910 
4911   if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
4912     {
4913       /* FIXME should make an annotation for this.  */
4914       ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
4915       ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4916       ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4917     }
4918 
4919   if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
4920     {
4921       /* FIXME should make an annotation for this.  */
4922       if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
4923 	ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
4924       else if (is_tracepoint (b))
4925 	ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
4926       else
4927 	ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
4928       ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
4929       ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
4930       if (b->hit_count == 1)
4931 	ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
4932       else
4933 	ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
4934     }
4935 
4936   /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
4937      FIXME: Should have a better test for this.  */
4938   if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4939     if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
4940       ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
4941 
4942   if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
4943     {
4944       annotate_field (8);
4945       ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
4946       ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
4947       ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
4948     }
4949 
4950   if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
4951     {
4952       struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
4953 
4954       if (tp->traceframe_usage)
4955 	{
4956 	  ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
4957 	  ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
4958 	  ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
4959 	}
4960     }
4961 
4962   l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
4963   if (!part_of_multiple && l)
4964     {
4965       struct cleanup *script_chain;
4966 
4967       annotate_field (9);
4968       script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
4969       print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
4970       do_cleanups (script_chain);
4971     }
4972 
4973   if (is_tracepoint (b))
4974     {
4975       struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
4976 
4977       if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
4978 	{
4979 	  annotate_field (10);
4980 	  ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
4981 	  ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
4982 	  ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
4983 	}
4984     }
4985 
4986   if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
4987     {
4988       if (is_watchpoint (b))
4989 	{
4990 	  struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4991 
4992 	  ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
4993 	}
4994       else if (b->addr_string)
4995 	ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
4996     }
4997 }
4998 
4999 static void
5000 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5001 		      struct bp_location **last_loc,
5002 		      int allflag)
5003 {
5004   struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
5005   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5006 
5007   bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
5008 
5009   print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
5010   do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
5011 
5012   /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5013      it's already printed.  Otherwise, print individual
5014      locations, if any.  */
5015   if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
5016     {
5017       /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5018 	 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5019 	 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5020 	 situation.
5021 
5022 	 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5023 	 internally, that's not a property exposed to user.  */
5024       if (b->loc
5025 	  && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
5026 	  && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
5027 	{
5028 	  struct bp_location *loc;
5029 	  int n = 1;
5030 
5031 	  for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
5032 	    {
5033 	      struct cleanup *inner2 =
5034 		make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
5035 	      print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
5036 	      do_cleanups (inner2);
5037 	    }
5038 	}
5039     }
5040 }
5041 
5042 static int
5043 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
5044 {
5045   int print_address_bits = 0;
5046   struct bp_location *loc;
5047 
5048   for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5049     {
5050       int addr_bit;
5051 
5052       /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5053 	 an address to print.  */
5054       if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
5055 	continue;
5056 
5057       addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
5058       if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5059 	print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5060     }
5061 
5062   return print_address_bits;
5063 }
5064 
5065 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5066   {
5067     int bnum;
5068   };
5069 
5070 static int
5071 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5072 {
5073   struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
5074   struct breakpoint *b;
5075   struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
5076 
5077   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5078     {
5079       if (args->bnum == b->number)
5080 	{
5081 	  print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
5082 	  return GDB_RC_OK;
5083 	}
5084     }
5085   return GDB_RC_NONE;
5086 }
5087 
5088 enum gdb_rc
5089 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
5090 		      char **error_message)
5091 {
5092   struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
5093 
5094   args.bnum = bnum;
5095   /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5096      an error.  */
5097   if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5098 				 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5099     return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5100   else
5101     return GDB_RC_OK;
5102 }
5103 
5104 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5105    internal or momentary.  */
5106 
5107 int
5108 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5109 {
5110   return b->number > 0;
5111 }
5112 
5113 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5114    number BNUM.  If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5115    If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints.  If
5116    FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5117    ones for which it returns non-zero.  Return the total number of
5118    breakpoints listed.  */
5119 
5120 static int
5121 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5122 	      int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5123 {
5124   struct breakpoint *b;
5125   struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5126   int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5127   struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5128   struct value_print_options opts;
5129   int print_address_bits = 0;
5130   int print_type_col_width = 14;
5131   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5132 
5133   get_user_print_options (&opts);
5134 
5135   /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5136      required for address fields.  */
5137   nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
5138   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5139     {
5140       /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts.  */
5141       if (filter && !filter (b))
5142 	continue;
5143 
5144       /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5145 	 accept.  Skip the others.  */
5146       if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5147 	{
5148 	  if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5149 	    continue;
5150 	  if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5151 	    continue;
5152 	}
5153 
5154       if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5155 	{
5156 	  int addr_bit, type_len;
5157 
5158 	  addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
5159 	  if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5160 	    print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5161 
5162 	  type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
5163 	  if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
5164 	    print_type_col_width = type_len;
5165 
5166 	  nr_printable_breakpoints++;
5167 	}
5168     }
5169 
5170   if (opts.addressprint)
5171     bkpttbl_chain
5172       = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
5173 					     nr_printable_breakpoints,
5174                                              "BreakpointTable");
5175   else
5176     bkpttbl_chain
5177       = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
5178 					     nr_printable_breakpoints,
5179                                              "BreakpointTable");
5180 
5181   if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5182     annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5183   if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5184     annotate_field (0);
5185   ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num");	/* 1 */
5186   if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5187     annotate_field (1);
5188   ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
5189 		       "type", "Type");				/* 2 */
5190   if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5191     annotate_field (2);
5192   ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp");	/* 3 */
5193   if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5194     annotate_field (3);
5195   ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb");	/* 4 */
5196   if (opts.addressprint)
5197     {
5198       if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5199 	annotate_field (4);
5200       if (print_address_bits <= 32)
5201 	ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
5202 			     "addr", "Address");		/* 5 */
5203       else
5204 	ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
5205 			     "addr", "Address");		/* 5 */
5206     }
5207   if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5208     annotate_field (5);
5209   ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What");	/* 6 */
5210   ui_out_table_body (uiout);
5211   if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5212     annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5213 
5214   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5215     {
5216       QUIT;
5217       /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts.  */
5218       if (filter && !filter (b))
5219 	continue;
5220 
5221       /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5222 	 accept.  Skip the others.  */
5223 
5224       if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5225 	{
5226 	  if (allflag)	/* maintenance info breakpoint */
5227 	    {
5228 	      if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5229 		continue;
5230 	    }
5231 	  else		/* all others */
5232 	    {
5233 	      if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5234 		continue;
5235 	    }
5236 	}
5237       /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5238 	 allflag is set.  */
5239       if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5240 	print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
5241     }
5242 
5243   do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
5244 
5245   if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
5246     {
5247       /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5248 	 empty list.  */
5249       if (!filter)
5250 	{
5251 	  if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5252 	    ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5253 	  else
5254 	    ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
5255 			    "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5256 			    args);
5257 	}
5258     }
5259   else
5260     {
5261       if (last_loc && !server_command)
5262 	set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
5263     }
5264 
5265   /* FIXME?  Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5266      there have been breakpoints? */
5267   annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5268 
5269   return nr_printable_breakpoints;
5270 }
5271 
5272 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5273    compatible with the breakpoint list.  */
5274 
5275 static void
5276 default_collect_info (void)
5277 {
5278   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5279 
5280   /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5281      message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5282      not wanted.  */
5283   if (!*default_collect)
5284     return;
5285 
5286   /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5287      actions.  */
5288   ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
5289   ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
5290   ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5291 }
5292 
5293 static void
5294 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5295 {
5296   breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
5297 
5298   default_collect_info ();
5299 }
5300 
5301 static void
5302 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5303 {
5304   int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
5305   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5306 
5307   if (num_printed == 0)
5308     {
5309       if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5310 	ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5311       else
5312 	ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
5313     }
5314 }
5315 
5316 static void
5317 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
5318 {
5319   breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
5320 
5321   default_collect_info ();
5322 }
5323 
5324 static int
5325 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
5326 		   struct program_space *pspace,
5327 		   CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
5328 {
5329   struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
5330 
5331   for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
5332     {
5333       if (bl->pspace == pspace
5334 	  && bl->address == pc
5335 	  && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
5336 	return 1;
5337     }
5338   return 0;
5339 }
5340 
5341 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC.  This
5342    concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5343    address spaces.  */
5344 
5345 static void
5346 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5347 			    struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
5348 			    struct obj_section *section, int thread)
5349 {
5350   int others = 0;
5351   struct breakpoint *b;
5352 
5353   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5354     others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
5355                && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
5356   if (others > 0)
5357     {
5358       if (others == 1)
5359 	printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5360       else /* if (others == ???) */
5361 	printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5362       ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5363 	if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
5364 	  {
5365 	    others--;
5366 	    printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
5367 	    if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
5368 	      printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5369 	    else if (b->thread != -1)
5370 	      printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
5371 	    printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5372 			     ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
5373 			       || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
5374 			      ? " (disabled)"
5375 			      : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
5376 			      ? " (permanent)"
5377 			      : ""),
5378 			     (others > 1) ? ","
5379 			     : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
5380 	  }
5381       printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5382       fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
5383       printf_filtered (".\n");
5384     }
5385 }
5386 
5387 
5388 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5389    BPT.  For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5390    and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5391    (or use it for any other purpose either).
5392 
5393    More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5394    always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5395    breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5396    breakpoint at address zero:
5397 
5398       bp_watchpoint
5399       bp_catchpoint
5400 
5401 */
5402 
5403 static int
5404 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5405 {
5406   enum bptype type = bpt->type;
5407 
5408   return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
5409 }
5410 
5411 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5412    true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location.  */
5413 
5414 static int
5415 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5416 			    struct bp_location *loc2)
5417 {
5418   struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
5419   struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
5420 
5421   /* Both of them must exist.  */
5422   gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
5423   gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
5424 
5425   /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5426      then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5427      the same place.  Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5428      the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5429      true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5430      other watchpoint.  */
5431   if ((w1->cond_exp
5432        && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
5433 						 loc1->length,
5434 						 loc1->watchpoint_type,
5435 						 w1->cond_exp))
5436       || (w2->cond_exp
5437 	  && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
5438 						    loc2->length,
5439 						    loc2->watchpoint_type,
5440 						    w2->cond_exp)))
5441     return 0;
5442 
5443   /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's.  In
5444      case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5445      support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5446      watchpoints with hw_access locations.  Those should be considered
5447      duplicates of hw_read locations.  The hw_read locations will
5448      become hw_access locations later.  */
5449   return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
5450 	  && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
5451 	  && loc1->address == loc2->address
5452 	  && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5453 }
5454 
5455 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5456    same breakpoint location.  In most targets, this can only be true
5457    if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2.  On targets that have global
5458    breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter.  */
5459 
5460 static int
5461 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5462 			  struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
5463 {
5464   return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5465 	   || aspace1 == aspace2)
5466 	  && addr1 == addr2);
5467 }
5468 
5469 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5470    {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}.  In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5471    matches ASPACE2.  On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5472    space doesn't really matter.  */
5473 
5474 static int
5475 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5476 				int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
5477 				CORE_ADDR addr2)
5478 {
5479   return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5480 	   || aspace1 == aspace2)
5481 	  && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
5482 }
5483 
5484 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL.  BL may be
5485    a ranged breakpoint.  In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5486    matches the breakpoint's address space.  On targets that have global
5487    breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter.  */
5488 
5489 static int
5490 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
5491 				   struct address_space *aspace,
5492 				   CORE_ADDR addr)
5493 {
5494   return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
5495 				    aspace, addr)
5496 	  || (bl->length
5497 	      && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
5498 						 bl->address, bl->length,
5499 						 aspace, addr)));
5500 }
5501 
5502 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
5503    Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
5504    true, otherwise returns false.  */
5505 
5506 static int
5507 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5508 			    struct bp_location *loc2)
5509 {
5510   if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
5511     /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
5512        locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
5513        different locations.  */
5514     return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
5515   else
5516     return 0;
5517 }
5518 
5519 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5520    (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5521    represent the same location.  */
5522 
5523 static int
5524 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5525 			    struct bp_location *loc2)
5526 {
5527   int hw_point1, hw_point2;
5528 
5529   /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations.  */
5530   gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5531   gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5532 
5533   hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
5534   hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
5535 
5536   if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
5537     return 0;
5538   else if (hw_point1)
5539     return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5540   else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
5541     return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5542   else
5543     /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints.  */
5544     return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
5545 				     loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
5546 	    && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5547 }
5548 
5549 static void
5550 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
5551                                int bnum, int have_bnum)
5552 {
5553   /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5554      is 50 chars.  These must be at least that big for safety.  */
5555   char astr1[64];
5556   char astr2[64];
5557 
5558   strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
5559   strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
5560   if (have_bnum)
5561     warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5562              bnum, astr1, astr2);
5563   else
5564     warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
5565 }
5566 
5567 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5568    constraints on breakpoint placement.  Return the adjusted address.
5569    Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment.  For most
5570    targets, this function is simply the identity function.  */
5571 
5572 static CORE_ADDR
5573 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5574 			   CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
5575 {
5576   if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
5577     {
5578       /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment.  */
5579       return bpaddr;
5580     }
5581   else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
5582            || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5583            || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
5584            || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
5585            || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
5586     {
5587       /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5588          have their addresses modified.  */
5589       return bpaddr;
5590     }
5591   else
5592     {
5593       CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
5594 
5595       /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5596          of breakpoint instructions.  Obtain the adjusted address.  */
5597       adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
5598 
5599       /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5600          a user's expectations.  Print a warning if an adjustment
5601 	 is required.  */
5602       if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
5603 	breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
5604 
5605       return adjusted_bpaddr;
5606     }
5607 }
5608 
5609 void
5610 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
5611 		  struct breakpoint *owner)
5612 {
5613   memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
5614 
5615   gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5616 
5617   loc->ops = ops;
5618   loc->owner = owner;
5619   loc->cond = NULL;
5620   loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
5621   loc->enabled = 1;
5622 
5623   switch (owner->type)
5624     {
5625     case bp_breakpoint:
5626     case bp_until:
5627     case bp_finish:
5628     case bp_longjmp:
5629     case bp_longjmp_resume:
5630     case bp_exception:
5631     case bp_exception_resume:
5632     case bp_step_resume:
5633     case bp_hp_step_resume:
5634     case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5635     case bp_call_dummy:
5636     case bp_std_terminate:
5637     case bp_shlib_event:
5638     case bp_thread_event:
5639     case bp_overlay_event:
5640     case bp_jit_event:
5641     case bp_longjmp_master:
5642     case bp_std_terminate_master:
5643     case bp_exception_master:
5644     case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5645     case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5646       loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
5647       break;
5648     case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5649       loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
5650       break;
5651     case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5652     case bp_read_watchpoint:
5653     case bp_access_watchpoint:
5654       loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
5655       break;
5656     case bp_watchpoint:
5657     case bp_catchpoint:
5658     case bp_tracepoint:
5659     case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5660     case bp_static_tracepoint:
5661       loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
5662       break;
5663     default:
5664       internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5665     }
5666 
5667   loc->refc = 1;
5668 }
5669 
5670 /* Allocate a struct bp_location.  */
5671 
5672 static struct bp_location *
5673 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5674 {
5675   return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
5676 }
5677 
5678 static void
5679 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
5680 {
5681   loc->ops->dtor (loc);
5682   xfree (loc);
5683 }
5684 
5685 /* Increment reference count.  */
5686 
5687 static void
5688 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
5689 {
5690   ++bl->refc;
5691 }
5692 
5693 /* Decrement reference count.  If the reference count reaches 0,
5694    destroy the bp_location.  Sets *BLP to NULL.  */
5695 
5696 static void
5697 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
5698 {
5699   gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
5700 
5701   if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
5702     free_bp_location (*blp);
5703   *blp = NULL;
5704 }
5705 
5706 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain.  */
5707 
5708 static void
5709 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
5710 {
5711   struct breakpoint *b1;
5712 
5713   /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5714      breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers.  */
5715 
5716   b1 = breakpoint_chain;
5717   if (b1 == 0)
5718     breakpoint_chain = b;
5719   else
5720     {
5721       while (b1->next)
5722 	b1 = b1->next;
5723       b1->next = b;
5724     }
5725 }
5726 
5727 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet.  */
5728 
5729 static void
5730 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5731 				      struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5732 				      enum bptype bptype,
5733 				      const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5734 {
5735   memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
5736 
5737   gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5738 
5739   b->ops = ops;
5740   b->type = bptype;
5741   b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
5742   b->language = current_language->la_language;
5743   b->input_radix = input_radix;
5744   b->thread = -1;
5745   b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5746   b->next = 0;
5747   b->silent = 0;
5748   b->ignore_count = 0;
5749   b->commands = NULL;
5750   b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
5751   b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
5752   b->py_bp_object = NULL;
5753   b->related_breakpoint = b;
5754 }
5755 
5756 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below.  Creates a breakpoint
5757    that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet.  */
5758 
5759 static struct breakpoint *
5760 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5761 				     enum bptype bptype,
5762 				     const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5763 {
5764   struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5765 
5766   init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5767   add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5768   return b;
5769 }
5770 
5771 /* Initialize loc->function_name.  EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5772    resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5773    enough.  */
5774 
5775 static void
5776 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
5777 {
5778   gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
5779 
5780   if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
5781       || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
5782       || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
5783     {
5784       int is_gnu_ifunc;
5785 
5786       find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &loc->function_name,
5787 					  NULL, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
5788 
5789       if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
5790 	{
5791 	  struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
5792 
5793 	  gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
5794 	  if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc->function_name,
5795 				      &loc->requested_address))
5796 	    {
5797 	      /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS.  */
5798 	      loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
5799 							loc->requested_address,
5800 							b->type);
5801 	    }
5802 	  else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
5803 	           && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
5804 	    {
5805 	      /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5806 		 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations.  */
5807 	      b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
5808 	    }
5809 	}
5810 
5811       if (loc->function_name)
5812 	loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
5813     }
5814 }
5815 
5816 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL.  */
5817 struct gdbarch *
5818 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5819 {
5820   if (sal.section)
5821     return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
5822   if (sal.symtab)
5823     return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
5824 
5825   return NULL;
5826 }
5827 
5828 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
5829    BPTYPE.  The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
5830    file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
5831 
5832    It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5833    the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5834    information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint.  */
5835 
5836 static void
5837 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5838 		     struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5839 		     const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5840 {
5841   init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5842 
5843   add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
5844 
5845   if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
5846     gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
5847 
5848   /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
5849      except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
5850      program space.  */
5851   if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5852     b->pspace = sal.pspace;
5853 
5854   breakpoints_changed ();
5855 }
5856 
5857 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5858    partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE.  The newly
5859    created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5860    number are provided by SAL.  The newly created and partially
5861    initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5862    is also returned as the value of this function.
5863 
5864    It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5865    the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5866    information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint.  In
5867    particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5868    number!  Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5869    prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint.  If this
5870    should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain.  */
5871 
5872 struct breakpoint *
5873 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5874 		    struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5875 		    const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5876 {
5877   struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5878 
5879   init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
5880   add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5881   return b;
5882 }
5883 
5884 
5885 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5886    instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code.  */
5887 void
5888 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
5889 {
5890   struct bp_location *bl;
5891 
5892   b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
5893 
5894   /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
5895      code.  Mark all locations as inserted.  For now,
5896      make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
5897      hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
5898      multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement.  */
5899   for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5900     bl->inserted = 1;
5901 }
5902 
5903 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5904    if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP.  FRAME is the frame which
5905    initiated the operation.  */
5906 
5907 void
5908 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
5909 {
5910   struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5911   int thread = tp->num;
5912 
5913   /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5914      we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5915      longjmp "master" breakpoints.  Here, we simply create momentary
5916      clones of those and enable them for the requested thread.  */
5917   ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5918     if (b->pspace == current_program_space
5919 	&& (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
5920 	    || b->type == bp_exception_master))
5921       {
5922 	enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
5923 	struct breakpoint *clone;
5924 
5925 	clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
5926 						  &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
5927 	clone->thread = thread;
5928       }
5929 
5930   tp->initiating_frame = frame;
5931 }
5932 
5933 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD.  */
5934 void
5935 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
5936 {
5937   struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5938 
5939   ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5940     if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
5941       {
5942 	if (b->thread == thread)
5943 	  delete_breakpoint (b);
5944       }
5945 }
5946 
5947 void
5948 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5949 {
5950   struct breakpoint *b;
5951 
5952   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5953     if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
5954     {
5955       b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5956       update_global_location_list (1);
5957       overlay_events_enabled = 1;
5958     }
5959 }
5960 
5961 void
5962 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5963 {
5964   struct breakpoint *b;
5965 
5966   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5967     if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
5968     {
5969       b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5970       update_global_location_list (0);
5971       overlay_events_enabled = 0;
5972     }
5973 }
5974 
5975 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
5976    master breakpoint.  */
5977 void
5978 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5979 {
5980   struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5981 
5982   ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5983     if (b->pspace == current_program_space
5984 	&& b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
5985       {
5986 	momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
5987 					  &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
5988       }
5989 }
5990 
5991 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints.  */
5992 void
5993 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5994 {
5995   struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5996 
5997   ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5998     if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
5999       delete_breakpoint (b);
6000 }
6001 
6002 struct breakpoint *
6003 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6004 {
6005   struct breakpoint *b;
6006 
6007   b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
6008 				  &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6009 
6010   b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6011   /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me.  */
6012   b->addr_string
6013     = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
6014 
6015   update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6016 
6017   return b;
6018 }
6019 
6020 void
6021 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6022 {
6023   struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6024 
6025   ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6026     if (b->type == bp_thread_event
6027 	&& b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6028       delete_breakpoint (b);
6029 }
6030 
6031 struct lang_and_radix
6032   {
6033     enum language lang;
6034     int radix;
6035   };
6036 
6037 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration.  */
6038 
6039 struct breakpoint *
6040 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6041 {
6042   struct breakpoint *b;
6043 
6044   b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
6045 				  &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6046   update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6047   return b;
6048 }
6049 
6050 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s).  */
6051 
6052 void
6053 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6054 {
6055   struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6056 
6057   ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6058     if (b->type == bp_jit_event
6059 	&& b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6060       delete_breakpoint (b);
6061 }
6062 
6063 void
6064 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6065 {
6066   struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6067 
6068   ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6069     if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
6070 	&& b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6071       delete_breakpoint (b);
6072 }
6073 
6074 struct breakpoint *
6075 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6076 {
6077   struct breakpoint *b;
6078 
6079   b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
6080 				  &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6081   update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6082   return b;
6083 }
6084 
6085 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries.  Only
6086    apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled.  */
6087 
6088 void
6089 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6090 {
6091   struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6092 
6093   ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6094   {
6095     /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL.  */
6096     struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6097 
6098     /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6099        those with loc->duplicate set.  This is so that when breakpoint
6100        becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6101        insert all breakpoints.  If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6102        we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail.  */
6103     if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
6104 	 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
6105 	 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6106 	 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
6107 	&& loc->pspace == current_program_space
6108 	&& !loc->shlib_disabled
6109 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
6110 	&& PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
6111 #else
6112 	&& solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
6113 #endif
6114 	)
6115       {
6116 	loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6117       }
6118   }
6119 }
6120 
6121 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
6122    library.  Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6123    disabled.  */
6124 
6125 static void
6126 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
6127 {
6128   struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6129   int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
6130 
6131   /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6132      disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6133      through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6134      list.  See clear_solib for more information.  */
6135   if (exec_bfd != NULL
6136       && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
6137     return;
6138 
6139   ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6140   {
6141     /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL.  */
6142     struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6143 
6144     if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
6145 	&& !loc->shlib_disabled
6146 	&& (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6147 	      || b->type == bp_jit_event
6148 	      || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6149 	     && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6150 		 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
6151 	    || is_tracepoint (b))
6152 	&& solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
6153       {
6154 	loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6155 	/* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6156 	   succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6157 	   to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints.  */
6158 	loc->inserted = 0;
6159 
6160 	/* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint.  */
6161 	observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
6162 
6163 	if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
6164 	  {
6165 	    target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6166 	    warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6167 		       "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6168 		     solib->so_name);
6169 	  }
6170 	disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
6171       }
6172   }
6173 }
6174 
6175 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints.  */
6176 
6177 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
6178    catchpoint.  It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
6179    class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed.  A
6180    breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6181    CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS.  */
6182 
6183 struct fork_catchpoint
6184 {
6185   /* The base class.  */
6186   struct breakpoint base;
6187 
6188   /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
6189      catchpoint.  This field is only valid immediately after this
6190      catchpoint has triggered.  */
6191   ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
6192 };
6193 
6194 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6195    catchpoints.  */
6196 
6197 static int
6198 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6199 {
6200   return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6201 }
6202 
6203 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6204    catchpoints.  */
6205 
6206 static int
6207 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6208 {
6209   return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6210 }
6211 
6212 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6213    catchpoints.  */
6214 
6215 static int
6216 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6217 			   struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6218 {
6219   struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6220 
6221   return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &c->forked_inferior_pid);
6222 }
6223 
6224 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6225    catchpoints.  */
6226 
6227 static enum print_stop_action
6228 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
6229 {
6230   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6231   struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6232   struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
6233 
6234   annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6235   if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6236     ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6237   else
6238     ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6239   if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6240     {
6241       ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6242 			   async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
6243       ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6244     }
6245   ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6246   ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
6247   ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6248   ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6249   return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6250 }
6251 
6252 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6253    catchpoints.  */
6254 
6255 static void
6256 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6257 {
6258   struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6259   struct value_print_options opts;
6260   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6261 
6262   get_user_print_options (&opts);
6263 
6264   /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6265      line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6266      readable).  */
6267   if (opts.addressprint)
6268     ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6269   annotate_field (5);
6270   ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
6271   if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6272     {
6273       ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6274       ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6275                         ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6276       ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6277     }
6278 }
6279 
6280 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6281    catchpoints.  */
6282 
6283 static void
6284 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6285 {
6286   printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
6287 }
6288 
6289 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6290    catchpoints.  */
6291 
6292 static void
6293 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6294 {
6295   fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
6296   print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6297 }
6298 
6299 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints.  */
6300 
6301 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
6302 
6303 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6304    catchpoints.  */
6305 
6306 static int
6307 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6308 {
6309   return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6310 }
6311 
6312 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6313    catchpoints.  */
6314 
6315 static int
6316 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6317 {
6318   return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6319 }
6320 
6321 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6322    catchpoints.  */
6323 
6324 static int
6325 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6326 			    struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6327 {
6328   struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6329 
6330   return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &c->forked_inferior_pid);
6331 }
6332 
6333 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6334    catchpoints.  */
6335 
6336 static enum print_stop_action
6337 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
6338 {
6339   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6340   struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6341   struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6342 
6343   annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6344   if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6345     ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6346   else
6347     ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6348   if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6349     {
6350       ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6351 			   async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
6352       ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6353     }
6354   ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6355   ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
6356   ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6357   ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6358   return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6359 }
6360 
6361 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6362    catchpoints.  */
6363 
6364 static void
6365 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6366 {
6367   struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6368   struct value_print_options opts;
6369   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6370 
6371   get_user_print_options (&opts);
6372   /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6373      line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6374      readable).  */
6375   if (opts.addressprint)
6376     ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6377   annotate_field (5);
6378   ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
6379   if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6380     {
6381       ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6382       ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6383                         ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6384       ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6385     }
6386 }
6387 
6388 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6389    catchpoints.  */
6390 
6391 static void
6392 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6393 {
6394   printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
6395 }
6396 
6397 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6398    catchpoints.  */
6399 
6400 static void
6401 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6402 {
6403   fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
6404   print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6405 }
6406 
6407 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints.  */
6408 
6409 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
6410 
6411 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
6412    It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6413    downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed.  A breakpoint is
6414    really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6415    CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS.  */
6416 
6417 struct syscall_catchpoint
6418 {
6419   /* The base class.  */
6420   struct breakpoint base;
6421 
6422   /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature.  If no
6423      syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
6424      Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught.  The
6425      list elements are allocated with xmalloc.  */
6426   VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
6427 };
6428 
6429 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6430    catchpoints.  */
6431 
6432 static void
6433 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6434 {
6435   struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6436 
6437   VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
6438 
6439   base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6440 }
6441 
6442 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6443    catchpoints.  */
6444 
6445 static int
6446 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6447 {
6448   struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6449   struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6450 
6451   ++inf->total_syscalls_count;
6452   if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6453     ++inf->any_syscall_count;
6454   else
6455     {
6456       int i, iter;
6457 
6458       for (i = 0;
6459            VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6460            i++)
6461 	{
6462           int elem;
6463 
6464 	  if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6465 	    {
6466               int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
6467               uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6468 		= old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6469               uintptr_t vec_addr;
6470               VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
6471               vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) +
6472 		vec_addr_offset;
6473               memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
6474                       (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
6475 	    }
6476           elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6477           VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
6478 	}
6479     }
6480 
6481   return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6482 					inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6483 					inf->any_syscall_count,
6484 					VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6485 					VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
6486 }
6487 
6488 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6489    catchpoints.  */
6490 
6491 static int
6492 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6493 {
6494   struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6495   struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6496 
6497   --inf->total_syscalls_count;
6498   if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6499     --inf->any_syscall_count;
6500   else
6501     {
6502       int i, iter;
6503 
6504       for (i = 0;
6505            VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6506            i++)
6507 	{
6508           int elem;
6509 	  if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6510 	    /* Shouldn't happen.  */
6511 	    continue;
6512           elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6513           VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
6514         }
6515     }
6516 
6517   return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6518 					inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6519 					inf->any_syscall_count,
6520 					VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6521 					VEC_address (int,
6522 						     inf->syscalls_counts));
6523 }
6524 
6525 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6526    catchpoints.  */
6527 
6528 static int
6529 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
6530 			      struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6531 {
6532   /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6533      breakpoint.  If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6534      syscall is the same syscall we are catching.  */
6535   int syscall_number = 0;
6536   const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
6537     = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6538 
6539   if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid, &syscall_number))
6540     return 0;
6541 
6542   /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same.  */
6543   if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6544     {
6545       int i, iter;
6546 
6547       for (i = 0;
6548            VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6549            i++)
6550 	if (syscall_number == iter)
6551 	  break;
6552       /* Not the same.  */
6553       if (!iter)
6554 	return 0;
6555     }
6556 
6557   return 1;
6558 }
6559 
6560 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6561    catchpoints.  */
6562 
6563 static enum print_stop_action
6564 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
6565 {
6566   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6567   struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6568   /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6569      syscall is.  It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6570      or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6571      must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall".  */
6572   ptid_t ptid;
6573   struct target_waitstatus last;
6574   struct syscall s;
6575   char *syscall_id;
6576 
6577   get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
6578 
6579   get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
6580 
6581   annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6582 
6583   if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6584     ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6585   else
6586     ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6587   if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6588     {
6589       ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6590 			   async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6591 						? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6592 						: EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
6593       ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6594     }
6595   ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6596 
6597   if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
6598     ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
6599   else
6600     ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
6601 
6602   if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6603     ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
6604   if (s.name != NULL)
6605     ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
6606 
6607   ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6608 
6609   return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6610 }
6611 
6612 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6613    catchpoints.  */
6614 
6615 static void
6616 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
6617 			 struct bp_location **last_loc)
6618 {
6619   struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6620   struct value_print_options opts;
6621   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6622 
6623   get_user_print_options (&opts);
6624   /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6625      line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6626      readable).  */
6627   if (opts.addressprint)
6628     ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6629   annotate_field (5);
6630 
6631   if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
6632       && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6633     ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
6634   else
6635     ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
6636 
6637   if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6638     {
6639       int i, iter;
6640       char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6641 
6642       for (i = 0;
6643            VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6644            i++)
6645         {
6646           char *x = text;
6647           struct syscall s;
6648           get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6649 
6650           if (s.name != NULL)
6651             text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
6652           else
6653             text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
6654 
6655           /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6656              because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
6657              on every call.  */
6658 	  xfree (x);
6659         }
6660       /* Remove the last comma.  */
6661       text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
6662       ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
6663     }
6664   else
6665     ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
6666   ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6667 }
6668 
6669 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6670    catchpoints.  */
6671 
6672 static void
6673 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6674 {
6675   struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6676 
6677   if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6678     {
6679       int i, iter;
6680 
6681       if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6682         printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
6683       else
6684         printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
6685 
6686       for (i = 0;
6687            VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6688            i++)
6689         {
6690           struct syscall s;
6691           get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6692 
6693           if (s.name)
6694             printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
6695           else
6696             printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
6697         }
6698       printf_filtered (")");
6699     }
6700   else
6701     printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6702                      b->number);
6703 }
6704 
6705 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6706    catchpoints.  */
6707 
6708 static void
6709 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6710 {
6711   struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6712 
6713   fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
6714 
6715   if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6716     {
6717       int i, iter;
6718 
6719       for (i = 0;
6720            VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6721            i++)
6722         {
6723           struct syscall s;
6724 
6725           get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6726           if (s.name)
6727             fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
6728           else
6729             fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
6730         }
6731     }
6732   print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6733 }
6734 
6735 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints.  */
6736 
6737 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
6738 
6739 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint.  */
6740 
6741 static int
6742 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6743 {
6744   return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
6745 }
6746 
6747 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind.  If TEMPFLAG
6748    is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.  If COND_STRING is
6749    not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.  OPS, if not NULL, is
6750    the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint.  */
6751 
6752 static void
6753 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6754 		 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6755 		 char *cond_string,
6756 		 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6757 {
6758   struct symtab_and_line sal;
6759 
6760   init_sal (&sal);
6761   sal.pspace = current_program_space;
6762 
6763   init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
6764 
6765   b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
6766   b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6767 }
6768 
6769 void
6770 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
6771 {
6772   add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6773   set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
6774   if (!internal)
6775     mention (b);
6776   observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
6777 
6778   if (update_gll)
6779     update_global_location_list (1);
6780 }
6781 
6782 static void
6783 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6784 				    int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6785                                     const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6786 {
6787   struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
6788 
6789   init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6790 
6791   c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
6792 
6793   install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
6794 }
6795 
6796 /* Exec catchpoints.  */
6797 
6798 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
6799    It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6800    downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed.  A breakpoint is
6801    really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6802    CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS.  */
6803 
6804 struct exec_catchpoint
6805 {
6806   /* The base class.  */
6807   struct breakpoint base;
6808 
6809   /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
6810      This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
6811      triggered.  */
6812   char *exec_pathname;
6813 };
6814 
6815 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6816    catchpoints.  */
6817 
6818 static void
6819 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6820 {
6821   struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6822 
6823   xfree (c->exec_pathname);
6824 
6825   base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6826 }
6827 
6828 static int
6829 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6830 {
6831   return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6832 }
6833 
6834 static int
6835 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6836 {
6837   return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6838 }
6839 
6840 static int
6841 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
6842 			   struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6843 {
6844   struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6845 
6846   return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &c->exec_pathname);
6847 }
6848 
6849 static enum print_stop_action
6850 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
6851 {
6852   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6853   struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6854   struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6855 
6856   annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6857   if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6858     ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6859   else
6860     ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6861   if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6862     {
6863       ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6864 			   async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
6865       ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6866     }
6867   ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6868   ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
6869   ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
6870   ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6871 
6872   return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6873 }
6874 
6875 static void
6876 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6877 {
6878   struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6879   struct value_print_options opts;
6880   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6881 
6882   get_user_print_options (&opts);
6883 
6884   /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6885      not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6886      is relatively readable).  */
6887   if (opts.addressprint)
6888     ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6889   annotate_field (5);
6890   ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
6891   if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
6892     {
6893       ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
6894       ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
6895       ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6896     }
6897 }
6898 
6899 static void
6900 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6901 {
6902   printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
6903 }
6904 
6905 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6906    catchpoints.  */
6907 
6908 static void
6909 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6910 {
6911   fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
6912   print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6913 }
6914 
6915 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
6916 
6917 static void
6918 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
6919                                  const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6920 {
6921   struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
6922   struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
6923 
6924   c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
6925   init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
6926   c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
6927 
6928   install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
6929 }
6930 
6931 static int
6932 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6933 {
6934   int i = 0;
6935   struct breakpoint *b;
6936   struct bp_location *bl;
6937 
6938   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6939   {
6940     if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6941       for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6942 	{
6943 	  /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
6944 	     one register.  */
6945 	  i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
6946 	}
6947   }
6948 
6949   return i;
6950 }
6951 
6952 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
6953    watchpoint.  */
6954 
6955 static int
6956 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
6957 {
6958   int i = 0;
6959   struct bp_location *bl;
6960 
6961   if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
6962     return 0;
6963 
6964   for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6965     {
6966       /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
6967 	 one register.  */
6968       i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
6969     }
6970 
6971   return i;
6972 }
6973 
6974 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
6975    type TYPE in the breakpoints list.  Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
6976    the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
6977    types _not_ TYPE.  */
6978 
6979 static int
6980 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
6981 				 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
6982 {
6983   int i = 0;
6984   struct breakpoint *b;
6985 
6986   *other_type_used = 0;
6987   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6988     {
6989       if (b == except)
6990 	continue;
6991       if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
6992 	continue;
6993 
6994       if (b->type == type)
6995 	i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
6996       else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
6997 	*other_type_used = 1;
6998     }
6999 
7000   return i;
7001 }
7002 
7003 void
7004 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
7005 {
7006   struct breakpoint *b;
7007 
7008   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7009   {
7010     if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7011       {
7012 	b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
7013 	update_global_location_list (0);
7014       }
7015   }
7016 }
7017 
7018 void
7019 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
7020 {
7021   struct breakpoint *b;
7022 
7023   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7024   {
7025     if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
7026       {
7027 	b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7028 	update_global_location_list (1);
7029       }
7030   }
7031 }
7032 
7033 void
7034 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
7035 {
7036   current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
7037   update_global_location_list (0);
7038 }
7039 
7040 void
7041 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7042 {
7043   current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
7044   breakpoint_re_set ();
7045 }
7046 
7047 
7048 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7049    at address specified by SAL.
7050    Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero.  */
7051 
7052 struct breakpoint *
7053 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
7054 			  struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
7055 {
7056   struct breakpoint *b;
7057 
7058   /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7059      one.  */
7060   gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
7061 
7062   b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7063   b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7064   b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7065   b->frame_id = frame_id;
7066 
7067   /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7068      momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7069      control.  */
7070   if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7071     b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7072 
7073   update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7074 
7075   return b;
7076 }
7077 
7078 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
7079    The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
7080    breakpoint_ops.  */
7081 
7082 static struct breakpoint *
7083 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
7084 				  enum bptype type,
7085 				  const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7086 {
7087   struct breakpoint *copy;
7088 
7089   copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
7090   copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
7091   set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
7092 
7093   copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
7094   copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
7095   copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
7096   copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
7097   copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
7098 
7099   if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
7100     copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
7101 
7102   copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
7103   copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
7104   copy->thread = orig->thread;
7105   copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
7106 
7107   copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7108   copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7109   copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
7110 
7111   update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7112   return copy;
7113 }
7114 
7115 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG.  Returns NULL if
7116    ORIG is NULL.  */
7117 
7118 struct breakpoint *
7119 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
7120 {
7121   /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing.  */
7122   if (orig == NULL)
7123     return NULL;
7124 
7125   return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
7126 }
7127 
7128 struct breakpoint *
7129 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
7130 				enum bptype type)
7131 {
7132   struct symtab_and_line sal;
7133 
7134   sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
7135   sal.pc = pc;
7136   sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
7137   sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7138 
7139   return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
7140 }
7141 
7142 
7143 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B.  */
7144 
7145 static void
7146 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
7147 {
7148   b->ops->print_mention (b);
7149   if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
7150     return;
7151   printf_filtered ("\n");
7152 }
7153 
7154 
7155 static struct bp_location *
7156 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7157 			    const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7158 {
7159   struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
7160   CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
7161   struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7162 
7163   if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
7164     loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
7165 
7166   /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
7167      Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
7168      location will be placed on the location chain.  Adjustment of the
7169      breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
7170      not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
7171      location that's only been partially initialized.  */
7172   adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
7173 						sal->pc, b->type);
7174 
7175   loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
7176   for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
7177     ;
7178   *tmp = loc;
7179 
7180   loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
7181   loc->address = adjusted_address;
7182   loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
7183   gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
7184   loc->section = sal->section;
7185   loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
7186 
7187   if (sal->symtab != NULL)
7188     loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
7189   loc->line_number = sal->line;
7190 
7191   set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
7192 				    sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
7193   return loc;
7194 }
7195 
7196 
7197 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7198    return 0 otherwise.  */
7199 
7200 static int
7201 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
7202 {
7203   int len;
7204   CORE_ADDR addr;
7205   const gdb_byte *bpoint;
7206   gdb_byte *target_mem;
7207   struct cleanup *cleanup;
7208   int retval = 0;
7209 
7210   gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
7211 
7212   addr = loc->address;
7213   bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
7214 
7215   /* Software breakpoints unsupported?  */
7216   if (bpoint == NULL)
7217     return 0;
7218 
7219   target_mem = alloca (len);
7220 
7221   /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7222      we read the memory.  Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7223      breakpoints they are permanent.  */
7224   cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7225 
7226   switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
7227   make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7228 
7229   if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
7230       && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
7231     retval = 1;
7232 
7233   do_cleanups (cleanup);
7234 
7235   return retval;
7236 }
7237 
7238 
7239 
7240 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location.  Use ADDR_STRING
7241    as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7242    as condition expression.  */
7243 
7244 static void
7245 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7246 		     struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7247 		     char *filter, char *cond_string,
7248 		     enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7249 		     int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7250 		     const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7251 		     int enabled, int internal,	unsigned flags,
7252 		     int display_canonical)
7253 {
7254   int i;
7255 
7256   if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7257     {
7258       int target_resources_ok;
7259 
7260       i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7261       target_resources_ok =
7262 	target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7263 					    i + 1, 0);
7264       if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7265 	error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7266       else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7267 	error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7268     }
7269 
7270   gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
7271 
7272   for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7273     {
7274       struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
7275       struct bp_location *loc;
7276 
7277       if (from_tty)
7278 	{
7279 	  struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
7280 	  if (!loc_gdbarch)
7281 	    loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
7282 
7283 	  describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
7284 				      sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
7285 	}
7286 
7287       if (i == 0)
7288 	{
7289 	  init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
7290 	  b->thread = thread;
7291 	  b->task = task;
7292 
7293 	  b->cond_string = cond_string;
7294 	  b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7295 	  b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7296 	  b->disposition = disposition;
7297 
7298 	  if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
7299 	    b->loc->inserted = 1;
7300 
7301 	  if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
7302 	    {
7303 	      struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
7304 	      struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
7305 
7306 	      if (is_marker_spec (addr_string))
7307 		{
7308 		  /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7309 		     wouldn't see a sal for it.  */
7310 		  char *p = &addr_string[3];
7311 		  char *endp;
7312 		  char *marker_str;
7313 
7314 		  p = skip_spaces (p);
7315 
7316 		  endp = skip_to_space (p);
7317 
7318 		  marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7319 		  t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
7320 
7321 		  printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7322 				     "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7323 				   t->static_trace_marker_id);
7324 		}
7325 	      else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
7326 		{
7327 		  t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
7328 		  release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
7329 
7330 		  printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7331 				     "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7332 				   t->static_trace_marker_id);
7333 		}
7334 	      else
7335 		warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7336 			   "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7337 	    }
7338 
7339 	  loc = b->loc;
7340 	}
7341       else
7342 	{
7343 	  loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7344 	  if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
7345 	    loc->inserted = 1;
7346 	}
7347 
7348       if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
7349 	make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7350 
7351       if (b->cond_string)
7352 	{
7353 	  char *arg = b->cond_string;
7354 	  loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
7355 	  if (*arg)
7356               error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
7357 	}
7358     }
7359 
7360   b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
7361   if (addr_string)
7362     b->addr_string = addr_string;
7363   else
7364     /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7365        me.  */
7366     b->addr_string
7367       = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7368   b->filter = filter;
7369 }
7370 
7371 static void
7372 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7373 		       struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7374 		       char *filter, char *cond_string,
7375 		       enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7376 		       int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7377 		       const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7378 		       int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
7379 		       int display_canonical)
7380 {
7381   struct breakpoint *b;
7382   struct cleanup *old_chain;
7383 
7384   if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
7385     {
7386       struct tracepoint *t;
7387 
7388       t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
7389       b = &t->base;
7390     }
7391   else
7392     b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7393 
7394   old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
7395 
7396   init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
7397 		       sals, addr_string,
7398 		       filter, cond_string,
7399 		       type, disposition,
7400 		       thread, task, ignore_count,
7401 		       ops, from_tty,
7402 		       enabled, internal, flags,
7403 		       display_canonical);
7404   discard_cleanups (old_chain);
7405 
7406   install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
7407 }
7408 
7409 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table.  For each
7410    SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7411    value.  COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7412    used for all breakpoints.  Essentially the only case where
7413    SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7414    function.  In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7415    separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7416    we take just a single condition string.
7417 
7418    NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7419    the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7420    array contents).  If the function fails (error() is called), the
7421    caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7422    COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents.  */
7423 
7424 static void
7425 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7426 			struct linespec_result *canonical,
7427 			char *cond_string,
7428 			enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7429 			int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7430 			const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7431 			int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
7432 {
7433   int i;
7434   struct linespec_sals *lsal;
7435 
7436   if (canonical->pre_expanded)
7437     gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
7438 
7439   for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
7440     {
7441       /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
7442 	 'break', without arguments.  */
7443       char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
7444 			   ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
7445 			   : NULL);
7446       char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
7447       struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
7448 
7449       make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
7450       create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
7451 			     addr_string,
7452 			     filter_string,
7453 			     cond_string, type, disposition,
7454 			     thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7455 			     from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
7456 			     canonical->special_display);
7457       discard_cleanups (inner);
7458     }
7459 }
7460 
7461 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7462    followed by conditionals.  On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7463    addresses found.  ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7464    address strings.  ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7465 
7466    The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7467    the caller's responsibility to free them.  */
7468 
7469 static void
7470 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
7471 		       struct linespec_result *canonical)
7472 {
7473   char *addr_start = *address;
7474 
7475   /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7476      breakpoint.  */
7477   if ((*address) == NULL
7478       || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
7479     {
7480       /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
7481          address.  */
7482       if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7483 	{
7484 	  struct linespec_sals lsal;
7485 	  struct symtab_and_line sal;
7486 
7487 	  init_sal (&sal);		/* Initialize to zeroes.  */
7488 	  lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
7489 	    xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7490 
7491 	  /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
7492 	     corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.  */
7493 	  get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
7494           sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
7495 
7496 	  /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7497 	     where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address.  So
7498 	     make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
7499 	     trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
7500 	     instances with the same symtab and line.  */
7501 	  sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7502 
7503 	  lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
7504 	  lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
7505 	  lsal.canonical = NULL;
7506 
7507 	  VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
7508 	}
7509       else
7510 	error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7511     }
7512   else
7513     {
7514       /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7515          current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7516          This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7517          time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.  */
7518       if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7519 	decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
7520 			  get_last_displayed_symtab (),
7521 			  get_last_displayed_line (),
7522 			  canonical, NULL, NULL);
7523       else
7524 	decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
7525 			  (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
7526 			  canonical, NULL, NULL);
7527     }
7528 }
7529 
7530 
7531 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC.  Verify that the PC can be
7532    inserted as a breakpoint.  If it can't throw an error.  */
7533 
7534 static void
7535 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7536 {
7537   int i;
7538 
7539   for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7540     resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
7541 }
7542 
7543 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations.  For
7544    instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7545    likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7546    only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7547    multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7548    it, etc.  */
7549 
7550 static void
7551 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7552 			    struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7553 {
7554   int i, rslt;
7555   struct symtab_and_line *sal;
7556   char *msg;
7557   struct cleanup *old_chain;
7558 
7559   for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7560     {
7561       struct gdbarch *sarch;
7562 
7563       sal = &sals->sals[i];
7564 
7565       sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7566       /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
7567 	 associated with SAL.  */
7568       if (sarch == NULL)
7569 	sarch = gdbarch;
7570       rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
7571 					       NULL, &msg);
7572       old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
7573 
7574       if (!rslt)
7575 	error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7576 	       paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
7577 
7578       do_cleanups (old_chain);
7579     }
7580 }
7581 
7582 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7583    accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7584    string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7585    PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7586    If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7587    If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1.  */
7588 static void
7589 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
7590 			   char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
7591 {
7592   *cond_string = NULL;
7593   *thread = -1;
7594   while (tok && *tok)
7595     {
7596       char *end_tok;
7597       int toklen;
7598       char *cond_start = NULL;
7599       char *cond_end = NULL;
7600 
7601       tok = skip_spaces (tok);
7602 
7603       end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
7604 
7605       toklen = end_tok - tok;
7606 
7607       if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
7608 	{
7609 	  struct expression *expr;
7610 
7611 	  tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
7612 	  expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
7613 	  xfree (expr);
7614 	  cond_end = tok;
7615 	  *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
7616 				     cond_end - cond_start);
7617 	}
7618       else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
7619 	{
7620 	  char *tmptok;
7621 
7622 	  tok = end_tok + 1;
7623 	  tmptok = tok;
7624 	  *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7625 	  if (tok == tmptok)
7626 	    error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7627 	  if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
7628 	    error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
7629 	}
7630       else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
7631 	{
7632 	  char *tmptok;
7633 
7634 	  tok = end_tok + 1;
7635 	  tmptok = tok;
7636 	  *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7637 	  if (tok == tmptok)
7638 	    error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7639 	  if (!valid_task_id (*task))
7640 	    error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
7641 	}
7642       else
7643 	error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7644     }
7645 }
7646 
7647 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec.  */
7648 
7649 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7650 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
7651 {
7652   VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
7653   struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7654   struct symtab_and_line sal;
7655   struct symbol *sym;
7656   struct cleanup *old_chain;
7657   char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
7658   char *endp;
7659   char *marker_str;
7660   int i;
7661 
7662   p = skip_spaces (p);
7663 
7664   endp = skip_to_space (p);
7665 
7666   marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7667   old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
7668 
7669   markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
7670   if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
7671     error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
7672 
7673   sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
7674   sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
7675 
7676   for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7677     {
7678       struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
7679 
7680       marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
7681 
7682       init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
7683 
7684       sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
7685       sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
7686 
7687       release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
7688     }
7689 
7690   do_cleanups (old_chain);
7691 
7692   *arg_p = endp;
7693   return sals;
7694 }
7695 
7696 /* Set a breakpoint.  This function is shared between CLI and MI
7697    functions for setting a breakpoint.  This function has two major
7698    modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7699    parameter.  If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7700    breakpoint location, address and thread.  Otherwise, ARG is just
7701    the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
7702    the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters.  If INTERNAL is non-zero,
7703    the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
7704    breakpoint count.  Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
7705    false otherwise.  */
7706 
7707 int
7708 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7709 		   char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
7710 		   int parse_condition_and_thread,
7711 		   int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
7712 		   int ignore_count,
7713 		   enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
7714 		   const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
7715 		   int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
7716 		   unsigned flags)
7717 {
7718   volatile struct gdb_exception e;
7719   char *copy_arg = NULL;
7720   char *addr_start = arg;
7721   struct linespec_result canonical;
7722   struct cleanup *old_chain;
7723   struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
7724   int i;
7725   int pending = 0;
7726   int task = 0;
7727   int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
7728 
7729   gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7730 
7731   init_linespec_result (&canonical);
7732 
7733   if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (arg))
7734     {
7735       int i;
7736       struct linespec_sals lsal;
7737 
7738       lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
7739 
7740       copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, arg - addr_start);
7741 
7742       canonical.addr_string = xstrdup (copy_arg);
7743       lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
7744       VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
7745 
7746       goto done;
7747     }
7748 
7749   TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
7750     {
7751       parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical);
7752     }
7753 
7754   /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value.  */
7755   switch (e.reason)
7756     {
7757     case RETURN_QUIT:
7758       throw_exception (e);
7759     case RETURN_ERROR:
7760       switch (e.error)
7761 	{
7762 	case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
7763 
7764 	  /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
7765 	     error.  */
7766 
7767 	  if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
7768 	    throw_exception (e);
7769 
7770 	  exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
7771 
7772           /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
7773 	     selects no, then simply return the error code.  */
7774 	  if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
7775 	      && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
7776 			  bptype_string (type_wanted)))
7777 	    return 0;
7778 
7779 	  /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
7780 	     a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
7781 	     breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
7782 	     is defaulted on behalf of the user.  */
7783 	  {
7784 	    struct linespec_sals lsal;
7785 
7786 	    copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
7787 	    lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
7788 	    lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
7789 	    lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
7790 	    init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
7791 	    pending = 1;
7792 	    VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
7793 	  }
7794 	  break;
7795 	default:
7796 	  throw_exception (e);
7797 	}
7798       break;
7799     default:
7800       if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
7801 	return 0;
7802     }
7803 
7804   done:
7805 
7806   /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up.  */
7807   old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
7808 
7809   /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
7810      Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
7811      to be part of a breakpoint.  If the breakpoint create succeeds
7812      then the memory is not reclaimed.  */
7813   bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
7814 
7815   /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
7816      are ok for the target.  */
7817   if (!pending)
7818     {
7819       int ix;
7820       struct linespec_sals *iter;
7821 
7822       for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
7823 	breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
7824     }
7825 
7826   /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location.  */
7827   if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
7828     {
7829       int ix;
7830       struct linespec_sals *iter;
7831 
7832       for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
7833 	check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
7834     }
7835 
7836   /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
7837      breakpoints.  Allocate a separate condition expression for each
7838      breakpoint.  */
7839   if (!pending)
7840     {
7841       struct linespec_sals *lsal;
7842 
7843       lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
7844 
7845       if (parse_condition_and_thread)
7846         {
7847             /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
7848                from thread number, so parsing in context of first
7849                sal is OK.  When setting the breakpoint we'll
7850                re-parse it in context of each sal.  */
7851             cond_string = NULL;
7852             thread = -1;
7853             find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
7854                                        &thread, &task);
7855             if (cond_string)
7856                 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
7857         }
7858       else
7859         {
7860             /* Create a private copy of condition string.  */
7861             if (cond_string)
7862             {
7863                 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
7864                 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
7865             }
7866         }
7867 
7868       /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
7869 	 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
7870 	 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
7871 	 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
7872 	 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
7873 	 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID.  */
7874       if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint
7875 	  && is_marker_spec (copy_arg))
7876 	{
7877 	  int i;
7878 
7879 	  for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
7880 	    {
7881 	      struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7882 	      struct tracepoint *tp;
7883 	      struct cleanup *old_chain;
7884 	      char *addr_string;
7885 
7886 	      expanded.nelts = 1;
7887 	      expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
7888 
7889 	      addr_string = xstrdup (canonical.addr_string);
7890 	      old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
7891 
7892 	      tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
7893 	      init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
7894 				   addr_string, NULL,
7895 				   cond_string, type_wanted,
7896 				   tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
7897 				   thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7898 				   from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
7899 				   canonical.special_display);
7900 	      /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
7901 		 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
7902 		 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
7903 		 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
7904 		 try to match up which of the newly found markers
7905 		 corresponds to this one  */
7906 	      tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
7907 
7908 	      install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
7909 
7910 	      discard_cleanups (old_chain);
7911 	    }
7912 	}
7913       else
7914 	create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, cond_string,
7915 				type_wanted,
7916 				tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
7917 				thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
7918 				enabled, internal, flags);
7919     }
7920   else
7921     {
7922       struct breakpoint *b;
7923 
7924       make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
7925 
7926       if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
7927 	{
7928 	  struct tracepoint *t;
7929 
7930 	  t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
7931 	  b = &t->base;
7932 	}
7933       else
7934 	b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7935 
7936       init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
7937 
7938       b->addr_string = copy_arg;
7939       b->cond_string = NULL;
7940       b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7941       b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
7942       b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
7943       b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7944       if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
7945            && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
7946 	b->pspace = current_program_space;
7947 
7948       install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
7949     }
7950 
7951   if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
7952     {
7953       warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
7954 		 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
7955       prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
7956     }
7957 
7958   /* That's it.  Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
7959      breakpoint.  */
7960   discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
7961   /* But cleanup everything else.  */
7962   do_cleanups (old_chain);
7963 
7964   /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded.  */
7965   update_global_location_list (1);
7966 
7967   return 1;
7968 }
7969 
7970 /* Set a breakpoint.
7971    ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
7972    condition, and thread.
7973    FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
7974    and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
7975    and BP_TEMPFLAG.  */
7976 
7977 static void
7978 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
7979 {
7980   int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
7981   enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
7982 			     ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
7983 			     : bp_breakpoint);
7984 
7985   create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
7986 		     arg,
7987 		     NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
7988 		     tempflag, type_wanted,
7989 		     0 /* Ignore count */,
7990 		     pending_break_support,
7991 		     &bkpt_breakpoint_ops,
7992 		     from_tty,
7993 		     1 /* enabled */,
7994 		     0 /* internal */,
7995 		     0);
7996 }
7997 
7998 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command.  */
7999 
8000 void
8001 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8002 {
8003   CORE_ADDR pc;
8004 
8005   if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8006     {
8007       if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
8008 	error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8009 	       sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
8010       sal->pc = pc;
8011 
8012       /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8013          number, then skip the function prologue if necessary.  */
8014       if (sal->explicit_line)
8015 	skip_prologue_sal (sal);
8016     }
8017 
8018   if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8019     {
8020       struct blockvector *bv;
8021       struct block *b;
8022       struct symbol *sym;
8023 
8024       bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
8025       if (bv != NULL)
8026 	{
8027 	  sym = block_linkage_function (b);
8028 	  if (sym != NULL)
8029 	    {
8030 	      fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
8031 	      sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
8032 	    }
8033 	  else
8034 	    {
8035 	      /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8036 	         just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8037 	         if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8038 	         happen in assembly source).  */
8039 
8040 	      struct minimal_symbol *msym;
8041 	      struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8042 
8043 	      switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
8044 
8045 	      msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
8046 	      if (msym)
8047 		sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
8048 
8049 	      do_cleanups (old_chain);
8050 	    }
8051 	}
8052     }
8053 }
8054 
8055 void
8056 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8057 {
8058   break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8059 }
8060 
8061 void
8062 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8063 {
8064   break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
8065 }
8066 
8067 static void
8068 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8069 {
8070   break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
8071 }
8072 
8073 static void
8074 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8075 {
8076   break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
8077 }
8078 
8079 static void
8080 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8081 {
8082   printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8083 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8084        stop at <line>\n"));
8085 }
8086 
8087 static void
8088 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8089 {
8090   int badInput = 0;
8091 
8092   if (arg == (char *) NULL)
8093     badInput = 1;
8094   else if (*arg != '*')
8095     {
8096       char *argptr = arg;
8097       int hasColon = 0;
8098 
8099       /* Look for a ':'.  If this is a line number specification, then
8100          say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8101          function/method name.  */
8102       while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8103 	{
8104 	  hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8105 	  argptr++;
8106 	}
8107 
8108       if (hasColon)
8109 	badInput = (*argptr != ':');	/* Not a class::method */
8110       else
8111 	badInput = isdigit (*arg);	/* a simple line number */
8112     }
8113 
8114   if (badInput)
8115     printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8116   else
8117     break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8118 }
8119 
8120 static void
8121 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8122 {
8123   int badInput = 0;
8124 
8125   if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*')	/* no line number */
8126     badInput = 1;
8127   else
8128     {
8129       char *argptr = arg;
8130       int hasColon = 0;
8131 
8132       /* Look for a ':'.  If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8133          it is probably a line number.  */
8134       while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8135 	{
8136 	  hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8137 	  argptr++;
8138 	}
8139 
8140       if (hasColon)
8141 	badInput = (*argptr == ':');	/* we have class::method */
8142       else
8143 	badInput = !isdigit (*arg);	/* not a line number */
8144     }
8145 
8146   if (badInput)
8147     printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8148   else
8149     break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8150 }
8151 
8152 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8153    ranged breakpoints.  */
8154 
8155 static int
8156 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8157 				  struct address_space *aspace,
8158 				  CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
8159 {
8160   return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
8161 					 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
8162 }
8163 
8164 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8165    ranged breakpoints.  */
8166 
8167 static int
8168 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8169 {
8170   return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8171 }
8172 
8173 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8174    ranged breakpoints.  */
8175 
8176 static enum print_stop_action
8177 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
8178 {
8179   struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8180   struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8181   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8182 
8183   gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8184 
8185   /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location.  */
8186   gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8187 
8188   annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
8189   if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8190     ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8191   else
8192     ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8193   if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8194     {
8195       ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8196 		      async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
8197       ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8198     }
8199   ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8200   ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
8201 
8202   return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8203 }
8204 
8205 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8206    ranged breakpoints.  */
8207 
8208 static void
8209 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8210 			     struct bp_location **last_loc)
8211 {
8212   struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8213   struct value_print_options opts;
8214   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8215 
8216   /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location.  */
8217   gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8218 
8219   get_user_print_options (&opts);
8220 
8221   if (opts.addressprint)
8222     /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8223        by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint.  */
8224     ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8225   annotate_field (5);
8226   print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
8227   *last_loc = bl;
8228 }
8229 
8230 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8231    ranged breakpoints.  */
8232 
8233 static void
8234 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8235 				    struct ui_out *uiout)
8236 {
8237   CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
8238   struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8239   struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8240   struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8241 
8242   gdb_assert (bl);
8243 
8244   address_start = bl->address;
8245   address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
8246 
8247   ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
8248   fprintf_unfiltered (stb->stream, "[%s, %s]",
8249 		      print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
8250 		      print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
8251   ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
8252   ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8253 
8254   do_cleanups (cleanup);
8255 }
8256 
8257 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8258    ranged breakpoints.  */
8259 
8260 static void
8261 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8262 {
8263   struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8264   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8265 
8266   gdb_assert (bl);
8267   gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8268 
8269   if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8270     return;
8271 
8272   printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8273 		   b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
8274 		   paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
8275 }
8276 
8277 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8278    ranged breakpoints.  */
8279 
8280 static void
8281 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8282 {
8283   fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
8284 		      b->addr_string_range_end);
8285   print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8286 }
8287 
8288 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints.  */
8289 
8290 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
8291 
8292 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8293    placed, given the SAL of the end of the range.  This is so that if
8294    the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8295    last instruction of the given line.  */
8296 
8297 static CORE_ADDR
8298 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
8299 {
8300   CORE_ADDR end;
8301 
8302   /* If the user provided a PC value, use it.  Otherwise,
8303      find the address of the end of the given location.  */
8304   if (sal.explicit_pc)
8305     end = sal.pc;
8306   else
8307     {
8308       int ret;
8309       CORE_ADDR start;
8310 
8311       ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
8312       if (!ret)
8313 	error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8314 
8315       /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line.  */
8316       end--;
8317     }
8318 
8319   return end;
8320 }
8321 
8322 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command.  */
8323 
8324 static void
8325 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8326 {
8327   char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
8328   struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
8329   int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
8330   CORE_ADDR end;
8331   struct breakpoint *b;
8332   struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
8333   struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
8334   struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
8335 
8336   /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints.  */
8337   if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8338     error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8339 
8340   bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8341   bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8342   can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8343 						   bp_count, 0);
8344   if (can_use_bp < 0)
8345     error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8346 
8347   arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8348   if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
8349     error(_("No address range specified."));
8350 
8351   init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8352 
8353   arg_start = arg;
8354   parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
8355 
8356   cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8357 
8358   if (arg[0] != ',')
8359     error (_("Too few arguments."));
8360   else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
8361     error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8362 
8363   lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
8364 
8365   if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
8366       || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
8367     error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8368 
8369   sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
8370   addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8371   make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
8372 
8373   arg++;	/* Skip the comma.  */
8374   arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8375 
8376   /* Parse the end location.  */
8377 
8378   init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8379   arg_start = arg;
8380 
8381   /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
8382      parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8383      symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8384      range.  This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8385      where +14 means 14 lines from the start location.  */
8386   decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
8387 		    sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
8388 		    &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
8389 
8390   make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8391 
8392   if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
8393     error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8394 
8395   lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
8396   if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
8397       || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
8398     error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8399 
8400   sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
8401   addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8402   make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
8403 
8404   end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
8405   if (sal_start.pc > end)
8406     error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
8407 
8408   length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
8409   if (length < 0)
8410     /* Length overflowed.  */
8411     error (_("Address range too large."));
8412   else if (length == 1)
8413     {
8414       /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8415 	 the `hbreak' command.  */
8416       hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
8417 
8418       do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8419 
8420       return;
8421     }
8422 
8423   /* Now set up the breakpoint.  */
8424   b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
8425 			  bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
8426   set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
8427   b->number = breakpoint_count;
8428   b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8429   b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
8430   b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
8431   b->loc->length = length;
8432 
8433   do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8434 
8435   mention (b);
8436   observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8437   update_global_location_list (1);
8438 }
8439 
8440 /*  Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant.  Returned zero
8441     means EXP is variable.  Also the constant detection may fail for
8442     some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8443     zero.  */
8444 static int
8445 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
8446 {
8447   int i = exp->nelts;
8448 
8449   while (i > 0)
8450     {
8451       int oplenp, argsp;
8452 
8453       /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element.  */
8454       operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
8455       i -= oplenp;
8456 
8457       switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
8458 	{
8459 	case BINOP_ADD:
8460 	case BINOP_SUB:
8461 	case BINOP_MUL:
8462 	case BINOP_DIV:
8463 	case BINOP_REM:
8464 	case BINOP_MOD:
8465 	case BINOP_LSH:
8466 	case BINOP_RSH:
8467 	case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
8468 	case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
8469 	case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
8470 	case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
8471 	case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
8472 	case BINOP_EQUAL:
8473 	case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
8474 	case BINOP_LESS:
8475 	case BINOP_GTR:
8476 	case BINOP_LEQ:
8477 	case BINOP_GEQ:
8478 	case BINOP_REPEAT:
8479 	case BINOP_COMMA:
8480 	case BINOP_EXP:
8481 	case BINOP_MIN:
8482 	case BINOP_MAX:
8483 	case BINOP_INTDIV:
8484 	case BINOP_CONCAT:
8485 	case BINOP_IN:
8486 	case BINOP_RANGE:
8487 	case TERNOP_COND:
8488 	case TERNOP_SLICE:
8489 	case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
8490 
8491 	case OP_LONG:
8492 	case OP_DOUBLE:
8493 	case OP_DECFLOAT:
8494 	case OP_LAST:
8495 	case OP_COMPLEX:
8496 	case OP_STRING:
8497 	case OP_BITSTRING:
8498 	case OP_ARRAY:
8499 	case OP_TYPE:
8500 	case OP_NAME:
8501 	case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
8502 
8503 	case UNOP_NEG:
8504 	case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
8505 	case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
8506 	case UNOP_ADDR:
8507 	case UNOP_HIGH:
8508 	  /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8509 	     their operands.  If they are constant, then so is the
8510 	     result of that operation.  For instance, if A and B are
8511 	     determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8512 
8513 	     UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8514 	     value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8515 	     ADDR is.  */
8516 	  break;
8517 
8518 	case OP_VAR_VALUE:
8519 	  /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8520 
8521 	     We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8522 	     possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8523 	     constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8524 	     true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8525 
8526 	     We also have to check for function symbols because they
8527 	     are always constant.  */
8528 	  {
8529 	    struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
8530 
8531 	    if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
8532 		&& SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
8533 		&& SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
8534 	      return 0;
8535 	    break;
8536 	  }
8537 
8538 	/* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8539 	   the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8540 	   then it is not a constant.  */
8541 	default:
8542 	  return 0;
8543 	}
8544     }
8545 
8546   return 1;
8547 }
8548 
8549 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints.  */
8550 
8551 static void
8552 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
8553 {
8554   struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
8555 
8556   xfree (w->cond_exp);
8557   xfree (w->exp);
8558   xfree (w->exp_string);
8559   xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
8560   value_free (w->val);
8561 
8562   base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
8563 }
8564 
8565 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints.  */
8566 
8567 static void
8568 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8569 {
8570   struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8571 
8572   /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
8573      variables, or it can be on local variables.
8574 
8575      Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
8576      persist across program restarts.  Since they can use variables
8577      from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
8578      are loaded and unloaded.
8579 
8580      Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
8581      of solib event.  For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
8582      and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
8583      but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
8584      invalid.  This is not a very common use case, but we still
8585      re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
8586 
8587      Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
8588      watchpoints frame id is still valid.  If it's not, it means the
8589      watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon.  In fact,
8590      I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
8591 
8592      If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
8593      w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
8594 
8595      Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
8596      reevaluated again when enabled.  */
8597   update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
8598 }
8599 
8600 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints.  */
8601 
8602 static int
8603 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8604 {
8605   struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8606   int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8607 
8608   return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8609 				   w->cond_exp);
8610 }
8611 
8612 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints.  */
8613 
8614 static int
8615 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8616 {
8617   struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8618   int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8619 
8620   return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8621 				   w->cond_exp);
8622 }
8623 
8624 static int
8625 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8626 			   struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
8627 {
8628   struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
8629   struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8630 
8631   /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
8632      reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
8633      some data address).  Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
8634      in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
8635      been defined.  Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
8636      (did not match the data address).  */
8637   if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
8638       && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
8639     return 0;
8640 
8641   return 1;
8642 }
8643 
8644 static void
8645 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8646 {
8647   gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
8648 
8649   bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
8650 }
8651 
8652 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8653    hardware watchpoints.  */
8654 
8655 static int
8656 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8657 {
8658   struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8659   int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8660 
8661   return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
8662 }
8663 
8664 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8665    hardware watchpoints.  */
8666 
8667 static int
8668 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8669 {
8670   /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support.  */
8671   return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
8672 }
8673 
8674 static enum print_stop_action
8675 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8676 {
8677   struct cleanup *old_chain;
8678   struct breakpoint *b;
8679   const struct bp_location *bl;
8680   struct ui_stream *stb;
8681   enum print_stop_action result;
8682   struct watchpoint *w;
8683   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8684 
8685   gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
8686 
8687   bl = bs->bp_location_at;
8688   b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8689   w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8690 
8691   stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8692   old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8693 
8694   switch (b->type)
8695     {
8696     case bp_watchpoint:
8697     case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8698       annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8699       if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8700 	ui_out_field_string
8701 	  (uiout, "reason",
8702 	   async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8703       mention (b);
8704       make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8705       ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
8706       watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
8707       ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
8708       ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
8709       watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8710       ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
8711       ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8712       /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered.  */
8713       result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8714       break;
8715 
8716     case bp_read_watchpoint:
8717       if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8718 	ui_out_field_string
8719 	  (uiout, "reason",
8720 	   async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8721       mention (b);
8722       make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8723       ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
8724       watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8725       ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
8726       ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8727       result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8728       break;
8729 
8730     case bp_access_watchpoint:
8731       if (bs->old_val != NULL)
8732 	{
8733 	  annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8734 	  if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8735 	    ui_out_field_string
8736 	      (uiout, "reason",
8737 	       async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8738 	  mention (b);
8739 	  make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8740 	  ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
8741 	  watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
8742 	  ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
8743 	  ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
8744 	}
8745       else
8746 	{
8747 	  mention (b);
8748 	  if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8749 	    ui_out_field_string
8750 	      (uiout, "reason",
8751 	       async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8752 	  make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8753 	  ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
8754 	}
8755       watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8756       ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
8757       ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8758       result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8759       break;
8760     default:
8761       result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8762     }
8763 
8764   do_cleanups (old_chain);
8765   return result;
8766 }
8767 
8768 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
8769    watchpoints.  */
8770 
8771 static void
8772 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8773 {
8774   struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
8775   struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8776   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8777 
8778   switch (b->type)
8779     {
8780     case bp_watchpoint:
8781       ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
8782       ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8783       break;
8784     case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8785       ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
8786       ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8787       break;
8788     case bp_read_watchpoint:
8789       ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
8790       ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
8791       break;
8792     case bp_access_watchpoint:
8793       ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8794       ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
8795       break;
8796     default:
8797       internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8798 		      _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8799     }
8800 
8801   ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
8802   ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
8803   ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
8804   do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
8805 }
8806 
8807 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8808    watchpoints.  */
8809 
8810 static void
8811 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8812 {
8813   struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8814 
8815   switch (b->type)
8816     {
8817     case bp_watchpoint:
8818     case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8819       fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
8820       break;
8821     case bp_read_watchpoint:
8822       fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
8823       break;
8824     case bp_access_watchpoint:
8825       fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
8826       break;
8827     default:
8828       internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8829 		      _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
8830     }
8831 
8832   fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
8833   print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8834 }
8835 
8836 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints.  */
8837 
8838 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
8839 
8840 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
8841    masked hardware watchpoints.  */
8842 
8843 static int
8844 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8845 {
8846   struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8847 
8848   return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
8849 					bl->watchpoint_type);
8850 }
8851 
8852 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
8853    masked hardware watchpoints.  */
8854 
8855 static int
8856 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8857 {
8858   struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8859 
8860   return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
8861 				        bl->watchpoint_type);
8862 }
8863 
8864 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8865    masked hardware watchpoints.  */
8866 
8867 static int
8868 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8869 {
8870   struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8871 
8872   return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
8873 }
8874 
8875 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8876    masked hardware watchpoints.  */
8877 
8878 static int
8879 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8880 {
8881   return 0;
8882 }
8883 
8884 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8885    masked hardware watchpoints.  */
8886 
8887 static enum print_stop_action
8888 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8889 {
8890   struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8891   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8892 
8893   /* Masked watchpoints have only one location.  */
8894   gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
8895 
8896   switch (b->type)
8897     {
8898     case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8899       annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8900       if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8901 	ui_out_field_string
8902 	  (uiout, "reason",
8903 	   async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8904       break;
8905 
8906     case bp_read_watchpoint:
8907       if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8908 	ui_out_field_string
8909 	  (uiout, "reason",
8910 	   async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8911       break;
8912 
8913     case bp_access_watchpoint:
8914       if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8915 	ui_out_field_string
8916 	  (uiout, "reason",
8917 	   async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8918       break;
8919     default:
8920       internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8921 		      _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8922     }
8923 
8924   mention (b);
8925   ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
8926 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
8927 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
8928   ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8929 
8930   /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered.  */
8931   return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8932 }
8933 
8934 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8935    masked hardware watchpoints.  */
8936 
8937 static void
8938 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8939 				    struct ui_out *uiout)
8940 {
8941   struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8942 
8943   /* Masked watchpoints have only one location.  */
8944   gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
8945 
8946   ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
8947   ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
8948   ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8949 }
8950 
8951 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8952    masked hardware watchpoints.  */
8953 
8954 static void
8955 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8956 {
8957   struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8958   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8959   struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
8960 
8961   switch (b->type)
8962     {
8963     case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8964       ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
8965       ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8966       break;
8967     case bp_read_watchpoint:
8968       ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
8969       ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
8970       break;
8971     case bp_access_watchpoint:
8972       ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8973       ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
8974       break;
8975     default:
8976       internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8977 		      _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8978     }
8979 
8980   ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
8981   ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
8982   ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
8983   do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
8984 }
8985 
8986 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8987    masked hardware watchpoints.  */
8988 
8989 static void
8990 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8991 {
8992   struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8993   char tmp[40];
8994 
8995   switch (b->type)
8996     {
8997     case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8998       fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
8999       break;
9000     case bp_read_watchpoint:
9001       fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
9002       break;
9003     case bp_access_watchpoint:
9004       fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
9005       break;
9006     default:
9007       internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9008 		      _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9009     }
9010 
9011   sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
9012   fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
9013   print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9014 }
9015 
9016 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints.  */
9017 
9018 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9019 
9020 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint.  */
9021 
9022 static int
9023 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9024 {
9025   return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9026 }
9027 
9028 /* accessflag:  hw_write:  watch write,
9029                 hw_read:   watch read,
9030 		hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9031 static void
9032 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
9033 		 int just_location, int internal)
9034 {
9035   volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9036   struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
9037   struct expression *exp;
9038   struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
9039   struct value *val, *mark, *result;
9040   struct frame_info *frame;
9041   char *exp_start = NULL;
9042   char *exp_end = NULL;
9043   char *tok, *end_tok;
9044   int toklen = -1;
9045   char *cond_start = NULL;
9046   char *cond_end = NULL;
9047   enum bptype bp_type;
9048   int thread = -1;
9049   int pc = 0;
9050   /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9051      the hardware watchpoint.  */
9052   int use_mask = 0;
9053   CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
9054   struct watchpoint *w;
9055 
9056   /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse.  */
9057   if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
9058     {
9059       char *value_start;
9060 
9061       /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9062 	 of the arguments string.  */
9063       for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
9064 	{
9065 	  /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list.  */
9066 	  while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9067 	    tok--;
9068 
9069 	  /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9070 	     This is the value of the parameter.  */
9071 	  while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9072 	    tok--;
9073 	  value_start = tok + 1;
9074 
9075 	  /* Skip whitespace.  */
9076 	  while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9077 	    tok--;
9078 
9079 	  end_tok = tok;
9080 
9081 	  /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9082 	     This is the parameter itself.  */
9083 	  while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9084 	    tok--;
9085 	  tok++;
9086 	  toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
9087 
9088 	  if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
9089 	    {
9090 	      /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9091 		 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9092 		 only in a specific thread.  */
9093 	      char *endp;
9094 
9095 	      if (thread != -1)
9096 		error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9097 
9098 	      /* Extract the thread ID from the next token.  */
9099 	      thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
9100 
9101 	      /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9102 		 thread ID.  */
9103 	      if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
9104 		error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
9105 
9106 	      /* Check if the thread actually exists.  */
9107 	      if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
9108 		error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
9109 	    }
9110 	  else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
9111 	    {
9112 	      /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9113 		 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9114 		 facility.  */
9115 	      struct value *mask_value, *mark;
9116 
9117 	      if (use_mask)
9118 		error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9119 
9120 	      use_mask = just_location = 1;
9121 
9122 	      mark = value_mark ();
9123 	      mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
9124 	      mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
9125 	      value_free_to_mark (mark);
9126 	    }
9127 	  else
9128 	    /* We didn't recognize what we found.  We should stop here.  */
9129 	    break;
9130 
9131 	  /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9132 	     the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function.  */
9133 	  *tok = '\0';
9134 	}
9135     }
9136 
9137   /* Parse the rest of the arguments.  */
9138   innermost_block = NULL;
9139   exp_start = arg;
9140   exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
9141   exp_end = arg;
9142   /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9143      This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9144      prettier.  */
9145   while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
9146     --exp_end;
9147 
9148   /* Checking if the expression is not constant.  */
9149   if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
9150     {
9151       int len;
9152 
9153       len = exp_end - exp_start;
9154       while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
9155 	len--;
9156       error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
9157     }
9158 
9159   exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9160   mark = value_mark ();
9161   fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
9162 
9163   if (just_location)
9164     {
9165       int ret;
9166 
9167       exp_valid_block = NULL;
9168       val = value_addr (result);
9169       release_value (val);
9170       value_free_to_mark (mark);
9171 
9172       if (use_mask)
9173 	{
9174 	  ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
9175 						   mask);
9176 	  if (ret == -1)
9177 	    error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9178 	  else if (ret == -2)
9179 	    error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9180 	}
9181     }
9182   else if (val != NULL)
9183     release_value (val);
9184 
9185   tok = skip_spaces (arg);
9186   end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9187 
9188   toklen = end_tok - tok;
9189   if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9190     {
9191       struct expression *cond;
9192 
9193       innermost_block = NULL;
9194       tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9195       cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
9196 
9197       /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9198 	 may still be.  E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'.  */
9199       cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9200 
9201       xfree (cond);
9202       cond_end = tok;
9203     }
9204   if (*tok)
9205     error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9206 
9207   if (accessflag == hw_read)
9208     bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
9209   else if (accessflag == hw_access)
9210     bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
9211   else
9212     bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
9213 
9214   frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
9215 
9216   /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9217      breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9218      expression.  Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9219      that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status.  */
9220   if (exp_valid_block && frame)
9221     {
9222       if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9223 	{
9224  	  scope_breakpoint
9225 	    = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9226 					  frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
9227 					  bp_watchpoint_scope,
9228 					  &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9229 
9230 	  scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9231 
9232 	  /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits.  */
9233 	  scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
9234 
9235 	  /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion).  */
9236 	  scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
9237 
9238 	  /* Set the address at which we will stop.  */
9239 	  scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
9240 	    = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
9241 	  scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
9242 	    = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9243 	  scope_breakpoint->loc->address
9244 	    = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
9245 					 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
9246 					 scope_breakpoint->type);
9247 	}
9248     }
9249 
9250   /* Now set up the breakpoint.  */
9251 
9252   w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
9253   b = &w->base;
9254   if (use_mask)
9255     init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9256 					  &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9257   else
9258     init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9259 					  &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9260   b->thread = thread;
9261   b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9262   b->pspace = current_program_space;
9263   w->exp = exp;
9264   w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
9265   w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
9266   if (just_location)
9267     {
9268       struct type *t = value_type (val);
9269       CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
9270       char *name;
9271 
9272       t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
9273       name = type_to_string (t);
9274 
9275       w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
9276 					  core_addr_to_string (addr));
9277       xfree (name);
9278 
9279       w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9280 				  (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
9281 
9282       /* The above expression is in C.  */
9283       b->language = language_c;
9284     }
9285   else
9286     w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
9287 
9288   if (use_mask)
9289     {
9290       w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
9291     }
9292   else
9293     {
9294       w->val = val;
9295       w->val_valid = 1;
9296     }
9297 
9298   if (cond_start)
9299     b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9300   else
9301     b->cond_string = 0;
9302 
9303   if (frame)
9304     {
9305       w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
9306       w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
9307     }
9308   else
9309     {
9310       w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
9311       w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
9312     }
9313 
9314   if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
9315     {
9316       /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint.  We will
9317 	 need to act on them together.  */
9318       b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
9319       scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
9320     }
9321 
9322   if (!just_location)
9323     value_free_to_mark (mark);
9324 
9325   TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9326     {
9327       /* Finally update the new watchpoint.  This creates the locations
9328 	 that should be inserted.  */
9329       update_watchpoint (w, 1);
9330     }
9331   if (e.reason < 0)
9332     {
9333       delete_breakpoint (b);
9334       throw_exception (e);
9335     }
9336 
9337   install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
9338 }
9339 
9340 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9341    If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero.  */
9342 
9343 static int
9344 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
9345 {
9346   int found_memory_cnt = 0;
9347   struct value *head = v;
9348 
9349   /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9350   if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
9351     return 0;
9352 
9353   /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9354      memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB.  If we
9355      find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9356      hardware watchpoint.
9357 
9358      The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9359      of values, one holding the value of every subexpression.  (The
9360      expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9361      a*b+c.)  GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9362      the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9363      register lvalues, computed values, etcetera.  So we can evaluate
9364      the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9365      behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9366      expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9367 
9368      However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9369      function calls are special in any way.  So this function may not
9370      notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9371      can't be watched with hardware watchpoints.  FIXME.  */
9372   for (; v; v = value_next (v))
9373     {
9374       if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
9375 	{
9376 	  if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
9377 	    /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9378 	       needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9379 	       `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9380 	       in `a,b').  This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9381 	       lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway.  */
9382 	    ;
9383 	  else
9384 	    {
9385 	      /* Ahh, memory we actually used!  Check if we can cover
9386                  it with hardware watchpoints.  */
9387 	      struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
9388 
9389 	      /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9390 		 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9391 		 middle of some value chain.  */
9392 	      if (v == head
9393 		  || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9394 		      && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
9395 		{
9396 		  CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
9397 		  int len;
9398 		  int num_regs;
9399 
9400 		  len = (target_exact_watchpoints
9401 			 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
9402 		    1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
9403 
9404 		  num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
9405 		  if (!num_regs)
9406 		    return 0;
9407 		  else
9408 		    found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
9409 		}
9410 	    }
9411 	}
9412       else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
9413 	       && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
9414 	return 0;	/* These are values from the history (e.g., $1).  */
9415       else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
9416 	return 0;	/* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint.  */
9417     }
9418 
9419   /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9420      watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it.  */
9421   return found_memory_cnt;
9422 }
9423 
9424 void
9425 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9426 {
9427   watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
9428 }
9429 
9430 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9431    string.  The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9432    or be followed by whitespace.  Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9433    0 otherwise.  If the argument is found, it updates *STR.  */
9434 
9435 static int
9436 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
9437 {
9438   if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
9439       && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
9440     {
9441       *str += arg_len;
9442       return 1;
9443     }
9444   return 0;
9445 }
9446 
9447 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9448    calls watch_command_1.  */
9449 
9450 static void
9451 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
9452 {
9453   int just_location = 0;
9454 
9455   if (arg
9456       && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9457 	  || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9458     {
9459       arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9460       just_location = 1;
9461     }
9462 
9463   watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
9464 }
9465 
9466 static void
9467 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9468 {
9469   watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
9470 }
9471 
9472 void
9473 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9474 {
9475   watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
9476 }
9477 
9478 static void
9479 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9480 {
9481   watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
9482 }
9483 
9484 void
9485 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9486 {
9487   watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
9488 }
9489 
9490 static void
9491 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9492 {
9493   watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
9494 }
9495 
9496 
9497 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c.  Here
9498    because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints.  */
9499 
9500 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9501 {
9502   struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9503   struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
9504   int thread_num;
9505 };
9506 
9507 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9508    cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command.  It takes
9509    care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9510    command.  */
9511 static void
9512 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
9513 {
9514   struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
9515 
9516   delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
9517   if (a->breakpoint2)
9518     delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
9519   delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
9520 }
9521 
9522 void
9523 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
9524 {
9525   struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9526   struct symtab_and_line sal;
9527   struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
9528   struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9529   struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
9530   struct cleanup *old_chain;
9531   int thread;
9532   struct thread_info *tp;
9533 
9534   clear_proceed_status ();
9535 
9536   /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9537      this function.  */
9538 
9539   if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9540     sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9541 			  get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9542 			  get_last_displayed_line ());
9543   else
9544     sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9545 			  (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
9546 
9547   if (sals.nelts != 1)
9548     error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9549 
9550   sal = sals.sals[0];
9551   xfree (sals.sals);	/* malloc'd, so freed.  */
9552 
9553   if (*arg)
9554     error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9555 
9556   resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9557 
9558   if (anywhere)
9559     /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9560        we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop.  */
9561     breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9562 					   null_frame_id, bp_until);
9563   else
9564     /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9565        only at the very same frame.  */
9566     breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9567 					   get_stack_frame_id (frame),
9568 					   bp_until);
9569 
9570   old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
9571 
9572   tp = inferior_thread ();
9573   thread = tp->num;
9574 
9575   /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9576      one.  */
9577 
9578   if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9579     {
9580       sal = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
9581       sal.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9582       breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9583 					      sal,
9584 					      frame_unwind_caller_id (frame),
9585 					      bp_until);
9586       make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
9587 
9588       set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame));
9589       make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
9590     }
9591 
9592   proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
9593 
9594   /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9595      actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9596      be deleted when the target stops.  Otherwise, we're already
9597      stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain.  */
9598 
9599   if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
9600     {
9601       struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
9602       args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
9603 
9604       args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
9605       args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
9606       args->thread_num = thread;
9607 
9608       discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9609       add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9610 			until_break_command_continuation, args,
9611 			xfree);
9612     }
9613   else
9614     do_cleanups (old_chain);
9615 }
9616 
9617 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9618    from the arg string.  If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9619 
9620    Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string.  (It does not
9621    attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.)  And,
9622    it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9623    if clause in the arg string.  */
9624 
9625 static char *
9626 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
9627 {
9628   char *cond_string;
9629 
9630   if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
9631     return NULL;
9632 
9633   /* Skip the "if" keyword.  */
9634   (*arg) += 2;
9635 
9636   /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9637      condition string.  */
9638   *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
9639   cond_string = *arg;
9640 
9641   /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9642      string.  */
9643   (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
9644 
9645   return cond_string;
9646 }
9647 
9648 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9649    process start/exit, etc.  */
9650 
9651 typedef enum
9652 {
9653   catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
9654   catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
9655 }
9656 catch_fork_kind;
9657 
9658 static void
9659 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9660 		      struct cmd_list_element *command)
9661 {
9662   struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9663   char *cond_string = NULL;
9664   catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
9665   int tempflag;
9666 
9667   fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
9668   tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
9669 	      || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
9670 
9671   if (!arg)
9672     arg = "";
9673   arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9674 
9675   /* The allowed syntax is:
9676      catch [v]fork
9677      catch [v]fork if <cond>
9678 
9679      First, check if there's an if clause.  */
9680   cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9681 
9682   if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9683     error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9684 
9685   /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9686      and enable reporting of such events.  */
9687   switch (fork_kind)
9688     {
9689     case catch_fork_temporary:
9690     case catch_fork_permanent:
9691       create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9692                                           &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
9693       break;
9694     case catch_vfork_temporary:
9695     case catch_vfork_permanent:
9696       create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9697                                           &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
9698       break;
9699     default:
9700       error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9701       break;
9702     }
9703 }
9704 
9705 static void
9706 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9707 		      struct cmd_list_element *command)
9708 {
9709   struct exec_catchpoint *c;
9710   struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9711   int tempflag;
9712   char *cond_string = NULL;
9713 
9714   tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9715 
9716   if (!arg)
9717     arg = "";
9718   arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9719 
9720   /* The allowed syntax is:
9721      catch exec
9722      catch exec if <cond>
9723 
9724      First, check if there's an if clause.  */
9725   cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9726 
9727   if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9728     error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9729 
9730   c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
9731   init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9732 		   &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
9733   c->exec_pathname = NULL;
9734 
9735   install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
9736 }
9737 
9738 static enum print_stop_action
9739 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
9740 {
9741   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9742   struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9743   int bp_temp, bp_throw;
9744 
9745   annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
9746 
9747   bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9748   if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
9749     breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
9750 	                           b->loc->address,
9751 				   b->number, 1);
9752   bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9753   ui_out_text (uiout,
9754 	       bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
9755 		       : "Catchpoint ");
9756   if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9757     ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9758   ui_out_text (uiout,
9759 	       bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
9760 		        : " (exception caught), ");
9761   if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9762     {
9763       ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9764 			   async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9765       ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9766       ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9767     }
9768   return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9769 }
9770 
9771 static void
9772 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9773 				struct bp_location **last_loc)
9774 {
9775   struct value_print_options opts;
9776   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9777 
9778   get_user_print_options (&opts);
9779   if (opts.addressprint)
9780     {
9781       annotate_field (4);
9782       if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
9783 	ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9784       else
9785 	ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
9786 				b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
9787     }
9788   annotate_field (5);
9789   if (b->loc)
9790     *last_loc = b->loc;
9791   if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
9792     ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
9793   else
9794     ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
9795 }
9796 
9797 static void
9798 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9799 {
9800   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9801   int bp_temp;
9802   int bp_throw;
9803 
9804   bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9805   bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9806   ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9807 			      : _("Catchpoint "));
9808   ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9809   ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
9810 			       : _(" (catch)"));
9811 }
9812 
9813 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9814    catch catchpoints.  */
9815 
9816 static void
9817 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9818 				     struct ui_file *fp)
9819 {
9820   int bp_temp;
9821   int bp_throw;
9822 
9823   bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9824   bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9825   fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9826   fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
9827   print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9828 }
9829 
9830 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
9831 
9832 static int
9833 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
9834 			  enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
9835 {
9836   char *trigger_func_name;
9837 
9838   if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9839     trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
9840   else
9841     trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
9842 
9843   create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9844 		     trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
9845 		     0 /* condition and thread are valid.  */,
9846 		     tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
9847 		     0,
9848 		     AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
9849 		     &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
9850 		     1 /* enabled */,
9851 		     0 /* internal */,
9852 		     0);
9853 
9854   return 1;
9855 }
9856 
9857 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands.  */
9858 
9859 static void
9860 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
9861 			   int tempflag, int from_tty)
9862 {
9863   char *cond_string = NULL;
9864 
9865   if (!arg)
9866     arg = "";
9867   arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9868 
9869   cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9870 
9871   if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9872     error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9873 
9874   if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
9875       && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9876     error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
9877 
9878   if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
9879     return;
9880 
9881   warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
9882 }
9883 
9884 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command.  */
9885 
9886 static void
9887 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
9888 {
9889   int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9890 
9891   catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
9892 }
9893 
9894 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command.  */
9895 
9896 static void
9897 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
9898 {
9899   int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9900 
9901   catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
9902 }
9903 
9904 void
9905 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9906 			       struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9907 			       struct symtab_and_line sal,
9908 			       char *addr_string,
9909 			       const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9910 			       int tempflag,
9911 			       int from_tty)
9912 {
9913   if (from_tty)
9914     {
9915       struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9916       if (!loc_gdbarch)
9917 	loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9918 
9919       describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9920 				  sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
9921       /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
9922          version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
9923          used for different exception names will use the same address.
9924          In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
9925          unproductive.  Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
9926          inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
9927          the user what type of catchpoint it is.  The above is good
9928          enough for now, though.  */
9929     }
9930 
9931   init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
9932 
9933   b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9934   b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9935   b->addr_string = addr_string;
9936   b->language = language_ada;
9937 }
9938 
9939 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter.  Returns an xmalloc'd
9940    filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required.  */
9941 static VEC(int) *
9942 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
9943 {
9944   VEC(int) *result = NULL;
9945   struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
9946 
9947   while (*arg != '\0')
9948     {
9949       int i, syscall_number;
9950       char *endptr;
9951       char cur_name[128];
9952       struct syscall s;
9953 
9954       /* Skip whitespace.  */
9955       while (isspace (*arg))
9956 	arg++;
9957 
9958       for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
9959 	cur_name[i] = arg[i];
9960       cur_name[i] = '\0';
9961       arg += i;
9962 
9963       /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number.  */
9964       syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
9965       if (*endptr == '\0')
9966 	get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
9967       else
9968 	{
9969 	  /* We have a name.  Let's check if it's valid and convert it
9970 	     to a number.  */
9971 	  get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
9972 
9973 	  if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
9974 	    /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
9975 	       because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
9976 	       syscall number to be caught.  */
9977 	    error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
9978 	}
9979 
9980       /* Ok, it's valid.  */
9981       VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
9982     }
9983 
9984   discard_cleanups (cleanup);
9985   return result;
9986 }
9987 
9988 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command.  */
9989 
9990 static void
9991 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9992 			 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9993 {
9994   int tempflag;
9995   VEC(int) *filter;
9996   struct syscall s;
9997   struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9998 
9999   /* Checking if the feature if supported.  */
10000   if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
10001     error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
10002 this architecture yet."));
10003 
10004   tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10005 
10006   arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10007 
10008   /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
10009      to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
10010      to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
10011      for his/her architecture.  */
10012   get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
10013 
10014   /* The allowed syntax is:
10015      catch syscall
10016      catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
10017 
10018      Let's check if there's a syscall name.  */
10019 
10020   if (arg != NULL)
10021     filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
10022   else
10023     filter = NULL;
10024 
10025   create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
10026 				   &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
10027 }
10028 
10029 static void
10030 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10031 {
10032   error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10033 }
10034 
10035 
10036 static void
10037 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10038 {
10039   error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10040 }
10041 
10042 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order.  */
10043 
10044 static int
10045 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
10046 {
10047   const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
10048   uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
10049   const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
10050   uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
10051 
10052   if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
10053     return -1;
10054   else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
10055     return 1;
10056 
10057   /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
10058      the number 0.  */
10059   if (ua < ub)
10060     return -1;
10061   return ub > ub ? 1 : 0;
10062 }
10063 
10064 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line.  */
10065 
10066 static void
10067 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10068 {
10069   struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
10070   VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
10071   int ix;
10072   int default_match;
10073   struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10074   struct symtab_and_line sal;
10075   int i;
10076   struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
10077 
10078   if (arg)
10079     {
10080       sals = decode_line_spec (arg, (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
10081 				     | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
10082       default_match = 0;
10083     }
10084   else
10085     {
10086       sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
10087 	xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
10088       make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
10089       init_sal (&sal);		/* Initialize to zeroes.  */
10090 
10091       /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
10092 	 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.  If the
10093 	 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0.  */
10094       get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
10095       if (sal.symtab == 0)
10096 	error (_("No source file specified."));
10097 
10098       sals.sals[0] = sal;
10099       sals.nelts = 1;
10100 
10101       default_match = 1;
10102     }
10103 
10104   /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here.  That's not as bad as it
10105      seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10106      file/line and pc set.  So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10107      match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10108 
10109      We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10110      present in breakpoint table.  Say, we've set breakpoint
10111      at file:line.  There were several PC values for that file:line,
10112      due to optimization, all in one block.
10113 
10114      We've picked one PC value.  If "clear" is issued with another
10115      PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10116      be cleared.  We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10117      since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10118      can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10119      to support that.  */
10120 
10121   /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it.  Do
10122      it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10123      from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10124      breakpoint.  */
10125 
10126   found = NULL;
10127   make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
10128   for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
10129     {
10130       /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10131          If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10132          If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10133          or at default pc.
10134 
10135          defaulting    sal.pc != 0    tests to do
10136 
10137          0              1             pc
10138          1              1             pc _and_ line
10139          0              0             line
10140          1              0             <can't happen> */
10141 
10142       sal = sals.sals[i];
10143 
10144       /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'.  */
10145       ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10146 	{
10147 	  int match = 0;
10148 	  /* Are we going to delete b?  */
10149 	  if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
10150 	    {
10151 	      struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10152 	      for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10153 		{
10154 		  /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
10155 		     match.  This matches historical gdb behavior.  */
10156 		  int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
10157 				  && sal.pc
10158 				  && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
10159 				  && (loc->address == sal.pc)
10160 				  && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
10161 				      || loc->section == sal.section));
10162 		  int line_match = ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
10163 				    && loc->source_file != NULL
10164 				    && sal.symtab != NULL
10165 				    && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
10166 				    && filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
10167 						     sal.symtab->filename) == 0
10168 				    && loc->line_number == sal.line);
10169 		  if (pc_match || line_match)
10170 		    {
10171 		      match = 1;
10172 		      break;
10173 		    }
10174 		}
10175 	    }
10176 
10177 	  if (match)
10178 	    VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
10179 	}
10180     }
10181 
10182   /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them.  */
10183   if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
10184     {
10185       if (arg)
10186 	error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
10187       else
10188 	error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10189     }
10190 
10191   /* Remove duplicates from the vec.  */
10192   qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
10193 	 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
10194 	 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
10195 	 compare_breakpoints);
10196   prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
10197   for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
10198     {
10199       if (b == prev)
10200 	{
10201 	  VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
10202 	  --ix;
10203 	}
10204     }
10205 
10206   if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
10207     from_tty = 1;	/* Always report if deleted more than one.  */
10208   if (from_tty)
10209     {
10210       if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
10211 	printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10212       else
10213 	printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10214     }
10215   breakpoints_changed ();
10216 
10217   for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
10218     {
10219       if (from_tty)
10220 	printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
10221       delete_breakpoint (b);
10222     }
10223   if (from_tty)
10224     putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10225 
10226   do_cleanups (cleanups);
10227 }
10228 
10229 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10230    all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10231    This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors.  */
10232 
10233 void
10234 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
10235 {
10236   struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10237 
10238   for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
10239     if (bs->breakpoint_at
10240 	&& bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
10241 	&& bs->stop)
10242       delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
10243 
10244   ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10245   {
10246     if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
10247       delete_breakpoint (b);
10248   }
10249 }
10250 
10251 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10252    qsort.  Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10253    does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10254    secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10255    terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10256    qsort being an unstable algorithm.  */
10257 
10258 static int
10259 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
10260 {
10261   struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
10262   struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
10263   /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER.  */
10264   int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10265   int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10266 
10267   if (a->address != b->address)
10268     return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
10269 
10270   /* Sort permanent breakpoints first.  */
10271   if (a_perm != b_perm)
10272     return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
10273 
10274   /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs.  Locations of
10275      the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order.  */
10276 
10277   if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
10278     return (a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
10279            - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number);
10280 
10281   return (a > b) - (a < b);
10282 }
10283 
10284 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10285    bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10286    content of the bp_location array.  */
10287 
10288 static void
10289 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10290 {
10291   struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10292 
10293   bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
10294   bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
10295 
10296   ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10297     {
10298       CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
10299 
10300       if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
10301 	continue;
10302 
10303       start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
10304       end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
10305 
10306       gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
10307       addr = bl->address - start;
10308       if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
10309 	bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
10310 
10311       /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow.  */
10312 
10313       gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
10314       addr = end - bl->address;
10315       if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
10316 	bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
10317     }
10318 }
10319 
10320 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been.  */
10321 
10322 static void
10323 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
10324 {
10325   struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10326   struct cleanup *old_chain;
10327 
10328   if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
10329     return;
10330 
10331   old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10332 
10333   ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10334     {
10335       struct tracepoint *t;
10336 
10337       if (!is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
10338 	continue;
10339 
10340       if ((bl->owner->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
10341 	   ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
10342 	   : !may_insert_tracepoints))
10343 	continue;
10344 
10345       /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
10346 	 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
10347 	 unduplicated_should_be_inserted.  */
10348       if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
10349 	continue;
10350 
10351       switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
10352 
10353       target_download_tracepoint (bl);
10354 
10355       bl->inserted = 1;
10356       t = (struct tracepoint *) bl->owner;
10357       t->number_on_target = bl->owner->number;
10358     }
10359 
10360   do_cleanups (old_chain);
10361 }
10362 
10363 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations.  */
10364 
10365 static void
10366 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
10367 {
10368   const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
10369   const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
10370   const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
10371 
10372   /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated.  */
10373   if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
10374     gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
10375   if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
10376     gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
10377 
10378   left->inserted = right->inserted;
10379   left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
10380   left->target_info = right->target_info;
10381   right->inserted = left_inserted;
10382   right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
10383   right->target_info = left_target_info;
10384 }
10385 
10386 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10387    into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10388    longer should be inserted.  Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10389    breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10390    doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10391    breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10392    returns true on them.
10393 
10394    This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10395    after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10396    shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10397    to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10398    execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10399    breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior.  */
10400 
10401 static void
10402 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
10403 {
10404   struct breakpoint *b;
10405   struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
10406   struct cleanup *cleanups;
10407 
10408   /* Used in the duplicates detection below.  When iterating over all
10409      bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10410      Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10411      duplicates of each other.  Keep one pointer for each type of
10412      breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10413      once.  */
10414   struct bp_location *bp_loc_first;  /* breakpoint */
10415   struct bp_location *wp_loc_first;  /* hardware watchpoint */
10416   struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
10417   struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
10418 
10419   /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10420      built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS.  */
10421   struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
10422   unsigned old_location_count;
10423 
10424   old_location = bp_location;
10425   old_location_count = bp_location_count;
10426   bp_location = NULL;
10427   bp_location_count = 0;
10428   cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
10429 
10430   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10431     for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10432       bp_location_count++;
10433 
10434   bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
10435   locp = bp_location;
10436   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10437     for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10438       *locp++ = loc;
10439   qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
10440 	 bp_location_compare);
10441 
10442   bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10443 
10444   /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10445      new list, and therefore should be freed.  Note that it's not
10446      necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10447      if there's another location at the same address (previously
10448      marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10449      location.
10450 
10451      LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10452      and former bp_location array state respectively.  */
10453 
10454   locp = bp_location;
10455   for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
10456        old_locp++)
10457     {
10458       struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
10459       struct bp_location **loc2p;
10460 
10461       /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations.  If
10462 	 not, we have to free it.  */
10463       int found_object = 0;
10464       /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target.  */
10465       int keep_in_target = 0;
10466       int removed = 0;
10467 
10468       /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10469 	 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC.  */
10470       while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
10471 	     && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
10472 	locp++;
10473 
10474       for (loc2p = locp;
10475 	   (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10476 	    && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10477 	   loc2p++)
10478 	{
10479 	  if (*loc2p == old_loc)
10480 	    {
10481 	      found_object = 1;
10482 	      break;
10483 	    }
10484 	}
10485 
10486       /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10487 	 there's maybe a new location at the same address.  If so,
10488 	 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one.  This is
10489 	 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10490 	 at certain location is not inserted.  */
10491 
10492       if (old_loc->inserted)
10493 	{
10494 	  /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10495 	     it.  */
10496 
10497 	  if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
10498 	    {
10499 	      /* The location is still present in the location list,
10500 		 and still should be inserted.  Don't do anything.  */
10501 	      keep_in_target = 1;
10502 	    }
10503 	  else
10504 	    {
10505 	      /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10506 		 disabled.  See if there's another location at the
10507 		 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10508 		 this one from the target.  */
10509 
10510 	      /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint.  */
10511 	      if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
10512 		{
10513 		  for (loc2p = locp;
10514 		       (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10515 			&& (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10516 		       loc2p++)
10517 		    {
10518 		      struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
10519 
10520 		      if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
10521 			{
10522 			  /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10523 			     access watchpoints, if the former are not
10524 			     supported, but the latter are.  */
10525 			  if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10526 			    {
10527 			      gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
10528 			      loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
10529 			    }
10530 
10531 			  /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
10532 			     if it should be inserted in case it will be
10533 			     unduplicated.  */
10534 			  if (loc2 != old_loc
10535 			      && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
10536 			    {
10537 			      swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
10538 			      keep_in_target = 1;
10539 			      break;
10540 			    }
10541 			}
10542 		    }
10543 		}
10544 	    }
10545 
10546 	  if (!keep_in_target)
10547 	    {
10548 	      if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
10549 		{
10550 		  /* This is just about all we can do.  We could keep
10551 		     this location on the global list, and try to
10552 		     remove it next time, but there's no particular
10553 		     reason why we will succeed next time.
10554 
10555 		     Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10556 		     valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10557 		     only after calling us.  */
10558 		  printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10559 				     "breakpoint %d\n"),
10560 				   old_loc->owner->number);
10561 		}
10562 	      removed = 1;
10563 	    }
10564 	}
10565 
10566       if (!found_object)
10567 	{
10568 	  if (removed && non_stop
10569 	      && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
10570 	      && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10571 	    {
10572 	      /* This location was removed from the target.  In
10573 		 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10574 		 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10575 		 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10576 		 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10577 		 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10578 		 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10579 		 after we see some number of events.  The theory here
10580 		 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10581 		 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10582 		 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10583 		 need to keep this breakpoint location around.  We
10584 		 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10585 		 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10586 		 SIGTRAP.
10587 
10588 		 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10589 		 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10590 
10591 		 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10592 		 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10593 		 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10594 		 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10595 		 a random SIGTRAP to the user.  When the user resumes
10596 		 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10597 		 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10598 		 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10599 		 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10600 		 one-byte instruction.  This was actually seen happen
10601 		 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10602 		 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10603 		 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10604 		 thread_count.
10605 
10606 		 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10607 		 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10608 		 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10609 		 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10610 
10611 		 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10612 		 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10613 		 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10614 		 around.  We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10615 		 traps we can no longer explain.  */
10616 
10617 	      old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10618 	      old_loc->owner = NULL;
10619 
10620 	      VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
10621 	    }
10622 	  else
10623 	    {
10624 	      old_loc->owner = NULL;
10625 	      decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
10626 	    }
10627 	}
10628     }
10629 
10630   /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10631      first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates".  This is so
10632      that the bpt instruction is only inserted once.  If we have a
10633      permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10634      official one, and the rest as duplicates.  Permanent breakpoints
10635      are sorted first for the same address.
10636 
10637      Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10638      watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length.  */
10639 
10640   bp_loc_first = NULL;
10641   wp_loc_first = NULL;
10642   awp_loc_first = NULL;
10643   rwp_loc_first = NULL;
10644   ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
10645     {
10646       /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10647 	 non-NULL.  */
10648       struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
10649       b = loc->owner;
10650 
10651       if (!should_be_inserted (loc)
10652 	  || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
10653 	  /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
10654 	   never duplicated.  See the comments in field `duplicate' of
10655 	   `struct bp_location'.  */
10656 	  || is_tracepoint (b))
10657 	continue;
10658 
10659       /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted.  */
10660       if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
10661 	internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10662 			_("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10663 			"actually inserted"));
10664 
10665       if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
10666 	loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
10667       else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
10668 	loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
10669       else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
10670 	loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
10671       else
10672 	loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
10673 
10674       if (*loc_first_p == NULL
10675 	  || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
10676 	  || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
10677 	{
10678 	  *loc_first_p = loc;
10679 	  loc->duplicate = 0;
10680 	  continue;
10681 	}
10682 
10683 
10684       /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
10685 	 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
10686 	 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted.  */
10687       if (loc->inserted)
10688 	swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
10689       loc->duplicate = 1;
10690 
10691       if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
10692 	  && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
10693 	internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10694 			_("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
10695 			"a permanent breakpoint"));
10696     }
10697 
10698   if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
10699       && (have_live_inferiors ()
10700 	  || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
10701     insert_breakpoint_locations ();
10702 
10703   if (should_insert)
10704     download_tracepoint_locations ();
10705 
10706   do_cleanups (cleanups);
10707 }
10708 
10709 void
10710 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
10711 {
10712   struct bp_location *loc;
10713   int ix;
10714 
10715   for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
10716     if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
10717       {
10718 	decref_bp_location (&loc);
10719 	VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
10720 	--ix;
10721       }
10722 }
10723 
10724 static void
10725 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
10726 {
10727   struct gdb_exception e;
10728 
10729   TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
10730     update_global_location_list (inserting);
10731 }
10732 
10733 /* Clear BKP from a BPS.  */
10734 
10735 static void
10736 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
10737 {
10738   bpstat bs;
10739 
10740   for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
10741     if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
10742       {
10743 	bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
10744 	bs->old_val = NULL;
10745 	/* bs->commands will be freed later.  */
10746       }
10747 }
10748 
10749 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads.  */
10750 static int
10751 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
10752 {
10753   struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
10754 
10755   bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
10756   return 0;
10757 }
10758 
10759 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
10760    callbacks.  */
10761 
10762 static void
10763 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
10764 {
10765   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10766   struct value_print_options opts;
10767 
10768   get_user_print_options (&opts);
10769 
10770   /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
10771      single string.  */
10772   if (b->loc == NULL)
10773     {
10774       printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
10775     }
10776   else
10777     {
10778       if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
10779 	{
10780 	  printf_filtered (" at ");
10781 	  fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
10782 			  gdb_stdout);
10783 	}
10784       if (b->loc->source_file)
10785 	{
10786 	  /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
10787 	     more nicely.  */
10788 	  if (b->loc->next == NULL)
10789 	    printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
10790 			     b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
10791 	  else
10792 	    /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
10793 	       different file name, and this at least reflects the
10794 	       real situation somewhat.  */
10795 	    printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
10796 	}
10797 
10798       if (b->loc->next)
10799 	{
10800 	  struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10801 	  int n = 0;
10802 	  for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10803 	    ++n;
10804 	  printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
10805 	}
10806     }
10807 }
10808 
10809 /* Default bp_location_ops methods.  */
10810 
10811 static void
10812 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
10813 {
10814   xfree (self->cond);
10815   xfree (self->function_name);
10816   xfree (self->source_file);
10817 }
10818 
10819 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
10820 {
10821   bp_location_dtor
10822 };
10823 
10824 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
10825    inherit from.  */
10826 
10827 static void
10828 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
10829 {
10830   decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
10831   xfree (self->cond_string);
10832   xfree (self->addr_string);
10833   xfree (self->filter);
10834   xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
10835 }
10836 
10837 static struct bp_location *
10838 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
10839 {
10840   struct bp_location *loc;
10841 
10842   loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
10843   init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
10844   return loc;
10845 }
10846 
10847 static void
10848 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
10849 {
10850   /* Nothing to re-set. */
10851 }
10852 
10853 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
10854   gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
10855 
10856 static int
10857 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10858 {
10859   internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10860 }
10861 
10862 static int
10863 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10864 {
10865   internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10866 }
10867 
10868 static int
10869 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
10870 				struct address_space *aspace,
10871 				CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
10872 {
10873   internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10874 }
10875 
10876 static void
10877 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
10878 {
10879   /* Always stop.   */
10880 }
10881 
10882 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
10883    errors.  */
10884 
10885 static int
10886 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
10887 {
10888   internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10889 }
10890 
10891 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
10892    errors.  */
10893 
10894 static int
10895 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
10896 {
10897   internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10898 }
10899 
10900 static enum print_stop_action
10901 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
10902 {
10903   internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10904 }
10905 
10906 static void
10907 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
10908 				  struct ui_out *uiout)
10909 {
10910   /* nothing */
10911 }
10912 
10913 static void
10914 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
10915 {
10916   internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10917 }
10918 
10919 static void
10920 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10921 {
10922   internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10923 }
10924 
10925 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
10926 {
10927   base_breakpoint_dtor,
10928   base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
10929   base_breakpoint_re_set,
10930   base_breakpoint_insert_location,
10931   base_breakpoint_remove_location,
10932   base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
10933   base_breakpoint_check_status,
10934   base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
10935   base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
10936   base_breakpoint_print_it,
10937   NULL,
10938   base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
10939   base_breakpoint_print_mention,
10940   base_breakpoint_print_recreate
10941 };
10942 
10943 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods.  */
10944 
10945 static void
10946 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
10947 {
10948   /* FIXME: is this still reachable?  */
10949   if (b->addr_string == NULL)
10950     {
10951       /* Anything without a string can't be re-set.  */
10952       delete_breakpoint (b);
10953       return;
10954     }
10955 
10956   breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
10957 }
10958 
10959 static int
10960 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10961 {
10962   if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
10963     return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
10964 					&bl->target_info);
10965   else
10966     return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
10967 				     &bl->target_info);
10968 }
10969 
10970 static int
10971 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10972 {
10973   if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
10974     return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
10975   else
10976     return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
10977 }
10978 
10979 static int
10980 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
10981 		     struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
10982 {
10983   struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10984 
10985   if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10986 				 aspace, bp_addr))
10987     return 0;
10988 
10989   if (overlay_debugging		/* unmapped overlay section */
10990       && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
10991       && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
10992     return 0;
10993 
10994   return 1;
10995 }
10996 
10997 static int
10998 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
10999 {
11000   gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
11001 
11002   return 1;
11003 }
11004 
11005 static enum print_stop_action
11006 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11007 {
11008   struct breakpoint *b;
11009   const struct bp_location *bl;
11010   int bp_temp;
11011   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11012 
11013   gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
11014 
11015   bl = bs->bp_location_at;
11016   b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11017 
11018   bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11019   if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
11020     breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
11021 				   bl->address,
11022 				   b->number, 1);
11023   annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
11024   if (bp_temp)
11025     ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
11026   else
11027     ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
11028   if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11029     {
11030       ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11031 			   async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11032       ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11033     }
11034   ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11035   ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
11036 
11037   return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11038 }
11039 
11040 static void
11041 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11042 {
11043   if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
11044     return;
11045 
11046   switch (b->type)
11047     {
11048     case bp_breakpoint:
11049     case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
11050       if (b->disposition == disp_del)
11051 	printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
11052       else
11053 	printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
11054       printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11055       if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
11056 	printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
11057       break;
11058     case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
11059       printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
11060       break;
11061     }
11062 
11063   say_where (b);
11064 }
11065 
11066 static void
11067 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
11068 {
11069   if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11070     fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
11071   else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
11072     fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
11073   else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
11074 	   && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11075     fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
11076   else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
11077     fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
11078   else
11079     internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11080 		    _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
11081 
11082   fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
11083   print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
11084 }
11085 
11086 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints.  */
11087 
11088 static void
11089 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11090 {
11091   switch (b->type)
11092     {
11093       /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
11094 	 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set.  */
11095     case bp_overlay_event:
11096     case bp_longjmp_master:
11097     case bp_std_terminate_master:
11098     case bp_exception_master:
11099       delete_breakpoint (b);
11100       break;
11101 
11102       /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11103          starts and we really don't want to touch it.  */
11104     case bp_shlib_event:
11105 
11106       /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.  Once
11107 	 it is set up, we do not want to touch it.  */
11108     case bp_thread_event:
11109       break;
11110     }
11111 }
11112 
11113 static void
11114 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11115 {
11116   /* We do not stop for these.  */
11117   bs->stop = 0;
11118 }
11119 
11120 static enum print_stop_action
11121 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11122 {
11123   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11124   struct breakpoint *b;
11125 
11126   b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11127 
11128   switch (b->type)
11129     {
11130     case bp_shlib_event:
11131       /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
11132 	 variable?  (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
11133 	 to shlib event" message.) */
11134       ui_out_text (uiout, _("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
11135       if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11136 	ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11137 			     async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
11138       break;
11139 
11140     case bp_thread_event:
11141       /* Not sure how we will get here.
11142 	 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints.  */
11143       printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11144       break;
11145 
11146     case bp_overlay_event:
11147       /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these.  */
11148       printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11149       break;
11150 
11151     case bp_longjmp_master:
11152       /* These should never be enabled.  */
11153       printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11154       break;
11155 
11156     case bp_std_terminate_master:
11157       /* These should never be enabled.  */
11158       printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
11159 			 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11160       break;
11161 
11162     case bp_exception_master:
11163       /* These should never be enabled.  */
11164       printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
11165 			 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11166       break;
11167     }
11168 
11169   return PRINT_NOTHING;
11170 }
11171 
11172 static void
11173 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11174 {
11175   /* Nothing to mention.  These breakpoints are internal.  */
11176 }
11177 
11178 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints  */
11179 
11180 static void
11181 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11182 {
11183   /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
11184      over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
11185      Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
11186      or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable.  */
11187 }
11188 
11189 static void
11190 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11191 {
11192   /* Nothing.  The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop.  */
11193 }
11194 
11195 static enum print_stop_action
11196 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11197 {
11198   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11199 
11200   if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11201     {
11202       struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11203 
11204       switch (b->type)
11205 	{
11206 	case bp_finish:
11207 	  ui_out_field_string
11208 	    (uiout, "reason",
11209 	     async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
11210 	  break;
11211 
11212 	case bp_until:
11213 	  ui_out_field_string
11214 	    (uiout, "reason",
11215 	     async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
11216 	  break;
11217 	}
11218     }
11219 
11220   return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11221 }
11222 
11223 static void
11224 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11225 {
11226   /* Nothing to mention.  These breakpoints are internal.  */
11227 }
11228 
11229 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints.  */
11230 
11231 static void
11232 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11233 {
11234   breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
11235 }
11236 
11237 static int
11238 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
11239 			   struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
11240 {
11241   /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
11242      tracepoints.  */
11243   return 0;
11244 }
11245 
11246 static void
11247 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
11248 			     struct ui_out *uiout)
11249 {
11250   struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11251   if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
11252     {
11253       gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
11254 
11255       ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
11256       ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
11257 			   tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11258       ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11259     }
11260 }
11261 
11262 static void
11263 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11264 {
11265   if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
11266     return;
11267 
11268   switch (b->type)
11269     {
11270     case bp_tracepoint:
11271       printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
11272       printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11273       break;
11274     case bp_fast_tracepoint:
11275       printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
11276       printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11277       break;
11278     case bp_static_tracepoint:
11279       printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
11280       printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11281       break;
11282     default:
11283       internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11284 		      _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
11285     }
11286 
11287   say_where (b);
11288 }
11289 
11290 static void
11291 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
11292 {
11293   struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11294 
11295   if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
11296     fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
11297   if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
11298     fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
11299   else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
11300     fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
11301   else
11302     internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11303 		    _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
11304 
11305   fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
11306   print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
11307 
11308   if (tp->pass_count)
11309     fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "  passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
11310 }
11311 
11312 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
11313 
11314 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
11315    structures.  */
11316 
11317 void
11318 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11319 {
11320   struct breakpoint *b;
11321 
11322   gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
11323 
11324   /* Has this bp already been deleted?  This can happen because
11325      multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's.  bpstat lists are
11326      especial culprits.
11327 
11328      One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp.  When
11329      the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
11330      scope, and delete it.  We also delete its scope bp.  But the
11331      scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
11332      That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
11333      deleted.
11334 
11335      A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
11336      bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
11337      bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
11338      storage when no more references were extent.  A cheaper bandaid
11339      was chosen.  */
11340   if (bpt->type == bp_none)
11341     return;
11342 
11343   /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
11344      of breakpoints gets resolved.  */
11345   if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
11346     {
11347       struct breakpoint *related;
11348       struct watchpoint *w;
11349 
11350       if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11351 	w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
11352       else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11353 	w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
11354       else
11355 	w = NULL;
11356       if (w != NULL)
11357 	watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
11358 
11359       /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring.  */
11360       for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
11361 	   related = related->related_breakpoint);
11362       related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
11363       bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
11364     }
11365 
11366   /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
11367      update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations.  If there's
11368      a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
11369      watchpoint.  In that case, don't announce the deletion.  */
11370   if (bpt->number)
11371     observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
11372 
11373   if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
11374     breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
11375 
11376   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11377     if (b->next == bpt)
11378     {
11379       b->next = bpt->next;
11380       break;
11381     }
11382 
11383   /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
11384      been freed.  */
11385   /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?  We just check stop_bpstat
11386      in all threads for now.  Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
11387      pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
11388      commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
11389      then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
11390      event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
11391      commands won't work.  */
11392 
11393   iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
11394 
11395   /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
11396      global location list.  This will remove locations that used to
11397      belong to this breakpoint.  Do this before freeing the breakpoint
11398      itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner.  It
11399      might be better design to have location completely
11400      self-contained, but it's not the case now.  */
11401   update_global_location_list (0);
11402 
11403   bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
11404   /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
11405      same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage.  */
11406   bpt->type = bp_none;
11407   xfree (bpt);
11408 }
11409 
11410 static void
11411 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
11412 {
11413   delete_breakpoint (b);
11414 }
11415 
11416 struct cleanup *
11417 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11418 {
11419   return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
11420 }
11421 
11422 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
11423    for each of B and its related breakpoints.  */
11424 
11425 static void
11426 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
11427 				  void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
11428 						    void *),
11429 				  void *data)
11430 {
11431   struct breakpoint *related;
11432 
11433   related = b;
11434   do
11435     {
11436       struct breakpoint *next;
11437 
11438       /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED.  */
11439       next = related->related_breakpoint;
11440 
11441       if (next == related)
11442 	{
11443 	  /* RELATED is the last ring entry.  */
11444 	  function (related, data);
11445 
11446 	  /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
11447 	     B.  There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
11448 	     out.  */
11449 	  break;
11450 	}
11451       else
11452 	function (related, data);
11453 
11454       related = next;
11455     }
11456   while (related != b);
11457 }
11458 
11459 static void
11460 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11461 {
11462   delete_breakpoint (b);
11463 }
11464 
11465 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11466    delete_breakpoint.  */
11467 
11468 static void
11469 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11470 {
11471   iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11472 }
11473 
11474 void
11475 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11476 {
11477   struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11478 
11479   dont_repeat ();
11480 
11481   if (arg == 0)
11482     {
11483       int breaks_to_delete = 0;
11484 
11485       /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.  Do not delete
11486          internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
11487          explicit breakpoint number argument.  */
11488       ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11489 	if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
11490 	  {
11491 	    breaks_to_delete = 1;
11492 	    break;
11493 	  }
11494 
11495       /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete.  */
11496       if (!from_tty
11497 	  || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
11498 	{
11499 	  ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11500 	    if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
11501 	      delete_breakpoint (b);
11502 	}
11503     }
11504   else
11505     map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11506 }
11507 
11508 static int
11509 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
11510 {
11511   for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11512     if (!loc->shlib_disabled
11513 	&& !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
11514       return 0;
11515   return 1;
11516 }
11517 
11518 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
11519    Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
11520    Null names are ignored.  */
11521 
11522 static int
11523 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
11524 {
11525   struct bp_location *l;
11526   htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
11527 				   (int (*) (const void *,
11528 					     const void *)) streq,
11529 				   NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
11530 
11531   for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
11532     {
11533       const char **slot;
11534       const char *name = l->function_name;
11535 
11536       /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them.  */
11537       if (name == NULL)
11538 	continue;
11539 
11540       slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
11541 					     INSERT);
11542       /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
11543 	 returns NULL.  */
11544       if (*slot != NULL)
11545 	{
11546 	  htab_delete (htab);
11547 	  return 1;
11548 	}
11549       *slot = name;
11550     }
11551 
11552   htab_delete (htab);
11553   return 0;
11554 }
11555 
11556 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
11557    and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
11558    the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
11559    checked.  Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
11560    undesirable.  This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
11561    tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
11562    that have not been set by marker id.  Static tracepoint that have
11563    been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
11564    The heuristic is:
11565 
11566    1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
11567    the old PC.  If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
11568    If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
11569    previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
11570    in the sources, and output a warning.
11571 
11572    2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
11573    at the new address of the old line number.  If one is found there,
11574    assume to be the same marker.  If the name / string id of the
11575    marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
11576    means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
11577    warning.
11578 
11579    3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
11580    may mean the marker no longer exists.  But it may also just mean
11581    the code changed a bit.  Maybe the user added a few lines of code
11582    that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms).  Ask
11583    the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
11584    it.  If found, update line number and address in the matching
11585    static tracepoint.  This will get confused if there's more than one
11586    marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
11587    precisely because it confuses tools).  */
11588 
11589 static struct symtab_and_line
11590 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
11591 {
11592   struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11593   struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
11594   CORE_ADDR pc;
11595   int i;
11596 
11597   pc = sal.pc;
11598   if (sal.line)
11599     find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
11600 
11601   if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
11602     {
11603       if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
11604 	warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
11605 		 b->number,
11606 		 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
11607 
11608       xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11609       tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
11610       release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
11611 
11612       return sal;
11613     }
11614 
11615   /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno.  Try looking it up
11616      by string ID.  */
11617   if (!sal.explicit_pc
11618       && sal.line != 0
11619       && sal.symtab != NULL
11620       && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
11621     {
11622       VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
11623 
11624       markers
11625 	= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11626 
11627       if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
11628 	{
11629 	  struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11630 	  struct symbol *sym;
11631 	  struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
11632 	  struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11633 
11634 	  tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
11635 
11636 	  xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11637 	  tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
11638 
11639 	  warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
11640 		     "found at previous line number"),
11641 		   b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11642 
11643 	  init_sal (&sal2);
11644 
11645 	  sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
11646 
11647 	  sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
11648 	  sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
11649 	  ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
11650 	  if (sym)
11651 	    {
11652 	      ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
11653 				   SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
11654 	      ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
11655 	    }
11656 	  ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
11657 	  ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
11658 
11659 	  if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11660 	    {
11661 	      char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
11662 
11663 	      if (fullname)
11664 		ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
11665 	    }
11666 
11667 	  ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
11668 	  ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11669 
11670 	  b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
11671 
11672 	  xfree (b->loc->source_file);
11673 	  if (sym)
11674 	    b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
11675 	  else
11676 	    b->loc->source_file = NULL;
11677 
11678 	  xfree (b->addr_string);
11679 	  b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
11680 				       sal2.symtab->filename,
11681 				       b->loc->line_number);
11682 
11683 	  /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
11684 	     so.  */
11685 
11686 	  release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
11687 	}
11688     }
11689   return sal;
11690 }
11691 
11692 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
11693    we don't need to report breakpoint as changed.  */
11694 
11695 static int
11696 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
11697 {
11698   while (a && b)
11699     {
11700       if (a->address != b->address)
11701 	return 0;
11702 
11703       if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
11704 	return 0;
11705 
11706       if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
11707 	return 0;
11708 
11709       a = a->next;
11710       b = b->next;
11711     }
11712 
11713   if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
11714     return 0;
11715 
11716   return 1;
11717 }
11718 
11719 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
11720    based on SALS and SALS_END.  If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
11721    a ranged breakpoint.  */
11722 
11723 void
11724 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
11725 			     struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
11726 			     struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
11727 {
11728   int i;
11729   struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
11730 
11731   if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
11732     {
11733       /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
11734 	 location.  */
11735       b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
11736       update_global_location_list (1);
11737       printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
11738 			   "multiple locations found\n"),
11739 			 b->number);
11740       return;
11741     }
11742 
11743   /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
11744      pending, don't do anything.  This optimizes the common case where
11745      all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
11746      We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
11747      loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
11748      individual locations.  */
11749   if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
11750     return;
11751 
11752   b->loc = NULL;
11753 
11754   for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
11755     {
11756       struct bp_location *new_loc;
11757 
11758       switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
11759 
11760       new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
11761 
11762       /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
11763 	 old symtab.  */
11764       if (b->cond_string != NULL)
11765 	{
11766 	  char *s;
11767 	  struct gdb_exception e;
11768 
11769 	  s = b->cond_string;
11770 	  TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11771 	    {
11772 	      new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
11773 					   0);
11774 	    }
11775 	  if (e.reason < 0)
11776 	    {
11777 	      warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
11778 			 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
11779 		       b->number, e.message);
11780 	      new_loc->enabled = 0;
11781 	    }
11782 	}
11783 
11784       if (sals_end.nelts)
11785 	{
11786 	  CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
11787 
11788 	  new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
11789 	}
11790     }
11791 
11792   /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints.  */
11793   if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
11794     make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
11795 
11796   /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
11797      breakpoints.  */
11798   {
11799     struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
11800     /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
11801        e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
11802        Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
11803        may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
11804        often enough until a better solution is found.  */
11805     int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
11806 
11807     for (; e; e = e->next)
11808       {
11809 	if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
11810 	  {
11811 	    struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
11812 	    if (have_ambiguous_names)
11813 	      {
11814 		for (; l; l = l->next)
11815 		  if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
11816 		    {
11817 		      l->enabled = 0;
11818 		      break;
11819 		    }
11820 	      }
11821 	    else
11822 	      {
11823 		for (; l; l = l->next)
11824 		  if (l->function_name
11825 		      && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
11826 		    {
11827 		      l->enabled = 0;
11828 		      break;
11829 		    }
11830 	      }
11831 	  }
11832       }
11833   }
11834 
11835   if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
11836     observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
11837 
11838   update_global_location_list (1);
11839 }
11840 
11841 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
11842    On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise.  */
11843 
11844 static struct symtabs_and_lines
11845 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
11846 {
11847   char *s;
11848   int marker_spec;
11849   struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
11850   volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11851 
11852   s = addr_string;
11853   marker_spec = b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (s);
11854 
11855   TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11856     {
11857       if (marker_spec)
11858 	{
11859 	  struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11860 
11861 	  sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
11862 	  if (sals.nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
11863 	    {
11864 	      sals.sals[0] = sals.sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
11865 	      sals.nelts = 1;
11866 	    }
11867 	  else
11868 	    error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11869 	}
11870       else
11871 	{
11872 	  struct linespec_result canonical;
11873 
11874 	  init_linespec_result (&canonical);
11875 	  decode_line_full (&s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11876 			    (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
11877 			    &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
11878 			    b->filter);
11879 
11880 	  /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs.  */
11881 	  gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
11882 
11883 	  if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
11884 	    {
11885 	      struct linespec_sals *lsal;
11886 
11887 	      lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
11888 	      sals = lsal->sals;
11889 	      /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
11890 		 contents.  */
11891 	      lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
11892 	    }
11893 
11894 	  destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
11895 	}
11896     }
11897   if (e.reason < 0)
11898     {
11899       int not_found_and_ok = 0;
11900       /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
11901 	 fail until the right shared library is loaded.  User has
11902 	 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
11903 	 extra messages.  If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
11904 	 state, then user already saw the message about that
11905 	 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
11906 	 errors.  */
11907       if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
11908 	  && (b->condition_not_parsed
11909 	      || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11910 	      || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
11911 	      || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
11912 	not_found_and_ok = 1;
11913 
11914       if (!not_found_and_ok)
11915 	{
11916 	  /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
11917 	     10 times.  One solution, implemented here, is disable
11918 	     the breakpoint on error.  Another solution would be to
11919 	     have separate 'warning emitted' flag.  Since this
11920 	     happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
11921 	     which approach is better.  */
11922 	  b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
11923 	  throw_exception (e);
11924 	}
11925     }
11926 
11927   if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
11928     {
11929       int i;
11930 
11931       for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
11932 	resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
11933       if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
11934 	{
11935 	  char *cond_string = 0;
11936 	  int thread = -1;
11937 	  int task = 0;
11938 
11939 	  find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
11940 				     &cond_string, &thread, &task);
11941 	  if (cond_string)
11942 	    b->cond_string = cond_string;
11943 	  b->thread = thread;
11944 	  b->task = task;
11945 	  b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
11946 	}
11947 
11948       if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !marker_spec)
11949 	sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
11950 
11951       *found = 1;
11952     }
11953   else
11954     *found = 0;
11955 
11956   return sals;
11957 }
11958 
11959 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
11960    breakpoints.  Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
11961    locations.  */
11962 
11963 static void
11964 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
11965 {
11966   int found;
11967   struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
11968   struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
11969   struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
11970 
11971   sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
11972   if (found)
11973     {
11974       make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11975       expanded = sals;
11976     }
11977 
11978   if (b->addr_string_range_end)
11979     {
11980       sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
11981       if (found)
11982 	{
11983 	  make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
11984 	  expanded_end = sals_end;
11985 	}
11986     }
11987 
11988   update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
11989 }
11990 
11991 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B.  */
11992 
11993 static struct cleanup *
11994 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
11995 {
11996   struct cleanup *cleanups;
11997 
11998   input_radix = b->input_radix;
11999   cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12000   if (b->pspace != NULL)
12001     switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
12002   set_language (b->language);
12003 
12004   return cleanups;
12005 }
12006 
12007 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
12008    The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
12009    Unused in this case.  */
12010 
12011 static int
12012 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
12013 {
12014   /* Get past catch_errs.  */
12015   struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
12016   struct cleanup *cleanups;
12017 
12018   cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
12019   b->ops->re_set (b);
12020   do_cleanups (cleanups);
12021   return 0;
12022 }
12023 
12024 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded.  */
12025 void
12026 breakpoint_re_set (void)
12027 {
12028   struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12029   enum language save_language;
12030   int save_input_radix;
12031   struct cleanup *old_chain;
12032 
12033   save_language = current_language->la_language;
12034   save_input_radix = input_radix;
12035   old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
12036 
12037   ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12038   {
12039     /* Format possible error msg.  */
12040     char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
12041 				b->number);
12042     struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
12043     catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
12044     do_cleanups (cleanups);
12045   }
12046   set_language (save_language);
12047   input_radix = save_input_radix;
12048 
12049   jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
12050 
12051   do_cleanups (old_chain);
12052 
12053   create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
12054   create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
12055   create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
12056   create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
12057 
12058   /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too.  */
12059   skip_re_set ();
12060 }
12061 
12062 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
12063 
12064    - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
12065    - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid.  */
12066 void
12067 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
12068 {
12069   if (b->thread != -1)
12070     {
12071       if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
12072 	b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
12073 
12074       /* We're being called after following a fork.  The new fork is
12075 	 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
12076 	 different program space from the original thread.  Reset that
12077 	 as well.  */
12078       b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
12079     }
12080 }
12081 
12082 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12083    If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12084    which ends with a period (no newline).  */
12085 
12086 void
12087 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
12088 {
12089   struct breakpoint *b;
12090 
12091   if (count < 0)
12092     count = 0;
12093 
12094   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12095     if (b->number == bptnum)
12096     {
12097       if (is_tracepoint (b))
12098 	{
12099 	  if (from_tty && count != 0)
12100 	    printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
12101 			     bptnum);
12102 	  return;
12103 	}
12104 
12105       b->ignore_count = count;
12106       if (from_tty)
12107 	{
12108 	  if (count == 0)
12109 	    printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
12110 			       "breakpoint %d is reached."),
12111 			     bptnum);
12112 	  else if (count == 1)
12113 	    printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
12114 			     bptnum);
12115 	  else
12116 	    printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
12117 			       "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
12118 			     count, bptnum);
12119 	}
12120       breakpoints_changed ();
12121       observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12122       return;
12123     }
12124 
12125   error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
12126 }
12127 
12128 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT.  */
12129 
12130 static void
12131 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12132 {
12133   char *p = args;
12134   int num;
12135 
12136   if (p == 0)
12137     error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
12138 
12139   num = get_number (&p);
12140   if (num == 0)
12141     error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
12142   if (*p == 0)
12143     error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
12144 
12145   set_ignore_count (num,
12146 		    longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
12147 		    from_tty);
12148   if (from_tty)
12149     printf_filtered ("\n");
12150 }
12151 
12152 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
12153    whose numbers are given in ARGS.  */
12154 
12155 static void
12156 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
12157 						      void *),
12158 			void *data)
12159 {
12160   int num;
12161   struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
12162   int match;
12163   struct get_number_or_range_state state;
12164 
12165   if (args == 0)
12166     error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
12167 
12168   init_number_or_range (&state, args);
12169 
12170   while (!state.finished)
12171     {
12172       char *p = state.string;
12173 
12174       match = 0;
12175 
12176       num = get_number_or_range (&state);
12177       if (num == 0)
12178 	{
12179 	  warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
12180 	}
12181       else
12182 	{
12183 	  ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
12184 	    if (b->number == num)
12185 	      {
12186 		match = 1;
12187 		function (b, data);
12188 		break;
12189 	      }
12190 	  if (match == 0)
12191 	    printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
12192 	}
12193     }
12194 }
12195 
12196 static struct bp_location *
12197 find_location_by_number (char *number)
12198 {
12199   char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
12200   char *p1;
12201   int bp_num;
12202   int loc_num;
12203   struct breakpoint *b;
12204   struct bp_location *loc;
12205 
12206   *dot = '\0';
12207 
12208   p1 = number;
12209   bp_num = get_number (&p1);
12210   if (bp_num == 0)
12211     error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12212 
12213   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12214     if (b->number == bp_num)
12215       {
12216 	break;
12217       }
12218 
12219   if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
12220     error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12221 
12222   p1 = dot+1;
12223   loc_num = get_number (&p1);
12224   if (loc_num == 0)
12225     error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
12226 
12227   --loc_num;
12228   loc = b->loc;
12229   for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
12230     ;
12231   if (!loc)
12232     error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
12233 
12234   return loc;
12235 }
12236 
12237 
12238 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12239    If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12240    which ends with a period (no newline).  */
12241 
12242 void
12243 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12244 {
12245   /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
12246      hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
12247      watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time.  */
12248   if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
12249     return;
12250 
12251   /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints.  */
12252   if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
12253     return;
12254 
12255   bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12256 
12257   if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12258       && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12259     {
12260       struct bp_location *location;
12261 
12262       for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12263 	target_disable_tracepoint (location);
12264     }
12265 
12266   update_global_location_list (0);
12267 
12268   observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12269 }
12270 
12271 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints.  */
12272 
12273 static void
12274 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12275 {
12276   disable_breakpoint (b);
12277 }
12278 
12279 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12280    disable_breakpoint.  */
12281 
12282 static void
12283 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12284 {
12285   iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12286 }
12287 
12288 static void
12289 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12290 {
12291   if (args == 0)
12292     {
12293       struct breakpoint *bpt;
12294 
12295       ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12296 	if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12297 	  disable_breakpoint (bpt);
12298     }
12299   else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12300     {
12301       struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12302       if (loc)
12303 	{
12304 	  loc->enabled = 0;
12305 	  if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12306 	      && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12307 	      && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12308 	    target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
12309 	}
12310       update_global_location_list (0);
12311     }
12312   else
12313     map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12314 }
12315 
12316 static void
12317 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
12318 {
12319   int target_resources_ok;
12320 
12321   if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12322     {
12323       int i;
12324       i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
12325       target_resources_ok =
12326 	target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
12327 					    i + 1, 0);
12328       if (target_resources_ok == 0)
12329 	error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
12330       else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
12331 	error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
12332     }
12333 
12334   if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
12335     {
12336       /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning.  */
12337       enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
12338       struct gdb_exception e;
12339 
12340       TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
12341 	{
12342 	  struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
12343 
12344 	  orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
12345 	  bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12346 	  update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
12347 	}
12348       if (e.reason < 0)
12349 	{
12350 	  bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
12351 	  exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
12352 			     bpt->number);
12353 	  return;
12354 	}
12355     }
12356 
12357   if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12358     bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12359 
12360   if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12361       && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12362     {
12363       struct bp_location *location;
12364 
12365       for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12366 	target_enable_tracepoint (location);
12367     }
12368 
12369   bpt->disposition = disposition;
12370   update_global_location_list (1);
12371   breakpoints_changed ();
12372 
12373   observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12374 }
12375 
12376 
12377 void
12378 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12379 {
12380   enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition);
12381 }
12382 
12383 static void
12384 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12385 {
12386   enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12387 }
12388 
12389 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12390    enable_breakpoint.  */
12391 
12392 static void
12393 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12394 {
12395   iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12396 }
12397 
12398 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
12399    breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
12400    in stopping the inferior.  */
12401 
12402 static void
12403 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12404 {
12405   if (args == 0)
12406     {
12407       struct breakpoint *bpt;
12408 
12409       ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12410 	if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12411 	  enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12412     }
12413   else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12414     {
12415       struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12416       if (loc)
12417 	{
12418 	  loc->enabled = 1;
12419 	  if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12420 	      && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12421 	      && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12422 	    target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
12423 	}
12424       update_global_location_list (1);
12425     }
12426   else
12427     map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12428 }
12429 
12430 static void
12431 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12432 {
12433   enum bpdisp disp = *(enum bpdisp *) arg;
12434 
12435   enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp);
12436 }
12437 
12438 static void
12439 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
12440 {
12441   enum bpdisp disp = disp_disable;
12442 
12443   iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
12444 }
12445 
12446 static void
12447 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12448 {
12449   map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
12450 }
12451 
12452 static void
12453 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
12454 {
12455   enum bpdisp disp = disp_del;
12456 
12457   iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
12458 }
12459 
12460 static void
12461 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12462 {
12463   map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12464 }
12465 
12466 static void
12467 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
12468 {
12469 }
12470 
12471 static void
12472 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
12473 {
12474 }
12475 
12476 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
12477    the memory which that value represents has been written to by
12478    GDB itself.  */
12479 
12480 static void
12481 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
12482 				      const bfd_byte *data)
12483 {
12484   struct breakpoint *bp;
12485 
12486   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12487     if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
12488 	&& bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12489       {
12490 	struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
12491 
12492 	if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
12493 	  {
12494 	    struct bp_location *loc;
12495 
12496 	    for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
12497 	      if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
12498 		  && loc->address + loc->length > addr
12499 		  && addr + len > loc->address)
12500 		{
12501 		  value_free (wp->val);
12502 		  wp->val = NULL;
12503 		  wp->val_valid = 0;
12504 		}
12505 	  }
12506       }
12507 }
12508 
12509 /* Use the last displayed codepoint's values, or nothing
12510    if they aren't valid.  */
12511 
12512 struct symtabs_and_lines
12513 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int flags)
12514 {
12515   struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12516 
12517   if (string == 0)
12518     error (_("Empty line specification."));
12519   if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
12520     sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags,
12521 			  get_last_displayed_symtab (),
12522 			  get_last_displayed_line ());
12523   else
12524     sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
12525   if (*string)
12526     error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
12527   return sals;
12528 }
12529 
12530 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC.  Return an
12531    identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
12532    In general, places which call this should be using something on the
12533    breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
12534    someday.  */
12535 
12536 void *
12537 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12538 				  struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
12539 {
12540   struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
12541 
12542   bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
12543 
12544   bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
12545   bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
12546 
12547   if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
12548     {
12549       /* Could not insert the breakpoint.  */
12550       xfree (bp_tgt);
12551       return NULL;
12552     }
12553 
12554   return bp_tgt;
12555 }
12556 
12557 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
12558    deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint.  */
12559 
12560 int
12561 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
12562 {
12563   struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
12564   int ret;
12565 
12566   ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
12567   xfree (bp_tgt);
12568 
12569   return ret;
12570 }
12571 
12572 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
12573    stepping.  */
12574 
12575 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
12576 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
12577 
12578 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step.  */
12579 
12580 void
12581 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12582 			       struct address_space *aspace,
12583 			       CORE_ADDR next_pc)
12584 {
12585   void **bpt_p;
12586 
12587   if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
12588     {
12589       bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
12590       single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
12591     }
12592   else
12593     {
12594       gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
12595       bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
12596       single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
12597     }
12598 
12599   /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
12600      be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
12601      the breakpoint chain.  That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
12602      We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed.  Doing
12603      this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
12604      breakpoints are handled, however.  So, for now, we use this.  */
12605 
12606   *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
12607   if (*bpt_p == NULL)
12608     error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
12609 	     paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
12610 }
12611 
12612 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
12613    were inserted or not.  */
12614 
12615 int
12616 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
12617 {
12618   return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
12619           || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
12620 }
12621 
12622 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step.  */
12623 
12624 void
12625 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12626 {
12627   gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
12628 
12629   /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
12630      call.  */
12631   deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
12632 				    single_step_breakpoints[0]);
12633   single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
12634   single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
12635 
12636   if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
12637     {
12638       deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
12639 					single_step_breakpoints[1]);
12640       single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
12641       single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
12642     }
12643 }
12644 
12645 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
12646    the inferior.  This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
12647    space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
12648    exec.  */
12649 
12650 void
12651 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12652 {
12653   int i;
12654 
12655   for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12656     if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12657       {
12658 	xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12659 	single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
12660 	single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
12661       }
12662 }
12663 
12664 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
12665    removing them.  */
12666 
12667 static void
12668 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12669 {
12670   int i;
12671 
12672   for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12673     if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12674       target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
12675 				single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12676 }
12677 
12678 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
12679    PC.  */
12680 
12681 static int
12682 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
12683 					CORE_ADDR pc)
12684 {
12685   int i;
12686 
12687   for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12688     {
12689       struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
12690       if (bp_tgt
12691 	  && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
12692 				       bp_tgt->placed_address,
12693 				       aspace, pc))
12694 	return 1;
12695     }
12696 
12697   return 0;
12698 }
12699 
12700 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
12701    non-zero otherwise.  */
12702 static int
12703 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
12704 {
12705   if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
12706       && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
12707       && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
12708     return 1;
12709   else
12710     return 0;
12711 }
12712 
12713 int
12714 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
12715 {
12716   struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
12717 
12718   return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0;
12719 }
12720 
12721 int
12722 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
12723 {
12724   struct breakpoint *bp;
12725 
12726   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12727     if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
12728       {
12729 	struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
12730 
12731 	if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
12732 	  {
12733             int i, iter;
12734             for (i = 0;
12735                  VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
12736                  i++)
12737 	      if (syscall_number == iter)
12738 		return 1;
12739 	  }
12740 	else
12741 	  return 1;
12742       }
12743 
12744   return 0;
12745 }
12746 
12747 /* Complete syscall names.  Used by "catch syscall".  */
12748 static char **
12749 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
12750                          char *text, char *word)
12751 {
12752   const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
12753   char **retlist
12754     = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
12755 
12756   xfree (list);
12757   return retlist;
12758 }
12759 
12760 /* Tracepoint-specific operations.  */
12761 
12762 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM.  */
12763 static void
12764 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
12765 {
12766   tracepoint_count = num;
12767   set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
12768 }
12769 
12770 void
12771 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12772 {
12773   if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12774 			 arg,
12775 			 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12776 			 0 /* tempflag */,
12777 			 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12778 			 0 /* Ignore count */,
12779 			 pending_break_support,
12780 			 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12781 			 from_tty,
12782 			 1 /* enabled */,
12783 			 0 /* internal */, 0))
12784     set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12785 }
12786 
12787 void
12788 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12789 {
12790   if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12791 			 arg,
12792 			 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12793 			 0 /* tempflag */,
12794 			 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12795 			 0 /* Ignore count */,
12796 			 pending_break_support,
12797 			 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12798 			 from_tty,
12799 			 1 /* enabled */,
12800 			 0 /* internal */, 0))
12801     set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12802 }
12803 
12804 /* strace command implementation.  Creates a static tracepoint.  */
12805 
12806 void
12807 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12808 {
12809   if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12810 			 arg,
12811 			 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12812 			 0 /* tempflag */,
12813 			 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12814 			 0 /* Ignore count */,
12815 			 pending_break_support,
12816 			 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12817 			 from_tty,
12818 			 1 /* enabled */,
12819 			 0 /* internal */, 0))
12820     set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12821 }
12822 
12823 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
12824    list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading.  */
12825 
12826 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
12827 static int next_cmd;
12828 
12829 static char *
12830 read_uploaded_action (void)
12831 {
12832   char *rslt;
12833 
12834   VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
12835 
12836   next_cmd++;
12837 
12838   return rslt;
12839 }
12840 
12841 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
12842    can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
12843    equivalent GDB tracepoint.  This is not a reliable process, since
12844    the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
12845    the tracepoint was originally defined.  */
12846 
12847 struct tracepoint *
12848 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
12849 {
12850   char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
12851   struct tracepoint *tp;
12852 
12853   if (utp->at_string)
12854     addr_str = utp->at_string;
12855   else
12856     {
12857       /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
12858 	 address.  Since there is no way to confirm that the address
12859 	 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
12860 	 user.  */
12861       warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
12862 		 "source location, using raw address"),
12863 	       utp->number);
12864       sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
12865       addr_str = small_buf;
12866     }
12867 
12868   /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes.  */
12869   if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
12870     warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
12871 	       "has no source form, ignoring it"),
12872 	     utp->number);
12873 
12874   if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12875 			  addr_str,
12876 			  utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
12877 			  0 /* tempflag */,
12878 			  utp->type /* type_wanted */,
12879 			  0 /* Ignore count */,
12880 			  pending_break_support,
12881 			  &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12882 			  0 /* from_tty */,
12883 			  utp->enabled /* enabled */,
12884 			  0 /* internal */,
12885 			  CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
12886     return NULL;
12887 
12888   set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12889 
12890   /* Get the tracepoint we just created.  */
12891   tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
12892   gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
12893 
12894   if (utp->pass > 0)
12895     {
12896       sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->base.number);
12897 
12898       trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
12899     }
12900 
12901   /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
12902      special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
12903      reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
12904      function.  */
12905   if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
12906     {
12907       struct command_line *cmd_list;
12908 
12909       this_utp = utp;
12910       next_cmd = 0;
12911 
12912       cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
12913 
12914       breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
12915     }
12916   else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
12917 	   || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
12918     warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
12919 	       "have no source form, ignoring them"),
12920 	     utp->number);
12921 
12922   /* Copy any status information that might be available.  */
12923   tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
12924   tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
12925 
12926   return tp;
12927 }
12928 
12929 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
12930    omitted.  */
12931 
12932 static void
12933 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
12934 {
12935   struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12936   int num_printed;
12937 
12938   num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
12939 
12940   if (num_printed == 0)
12941     {
12942       if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
12943 	ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
12944       else
12945 	ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
12946     }
12947 
12948   default_collect_info ();
12949 }
12950 
12951 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
12952    Not supported by all targets.  */
12953 static void
12954 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12955 {
12956   enable_command (args, from_tty);
12957 }
12958 
12959 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
12960    Not supported by all targets.  */
12961 static void
12962 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12963 {
12964   disable_command (args, from_tty);
12965 }
12966 
12967 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument).  */
12968 static void
12969 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12970 {
12971   struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12972 
12973   dont_repeat ();
12974 
12975   if (arg == 0)
12976     {
12977       int breaks_to_delete = 0;
12978 
12979       /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
12980          Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
12981          have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
12982 	 argument.  */
12983       ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12984 	if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
12985 	  {
12986 	    breaks_to_delete = 1;
12987 	    break;
12988 	  }
12989 
12990       /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete.  */
12991       if (!from_tty
12992 	  || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
12993 	{
12994 	  ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12995 	    if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
12996 	      delete_breakpoint (b);
12997 	}
12998     }
12999   else
13000     map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13001 }
13002 
13003 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command.  */
13004 
13005 static void
13006 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
13007 {
13008   tp->pass_count = count;
13009   observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp->base.number);
13010   if (from_tty)
13011     printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
13012 		     tp->base.number, count);
13013 }
13014 
13015 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
13016 
13017    First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
13018    If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
13019    Also accepts special argument "all".  */
13020 
13021 static void
13022 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13023 {
13024   struct tracepoint *t1;
13025   unsigned int count;
13026 
13027   if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
13028     error (_("passcount command requires an "
13029 	     "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
13030 
13031   count = strtoul (args, &args, 10);	/* Count comes first, then TP num.  */
13032 
13033   while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
13034     args++;
13035 
13036   if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
13037     {
13038       struct breakpoint *b;
13039 
13040       args += 3;			/* Skip special argument "all".  */
13041       if (*args)
13042 	error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
13043 
13044       ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13045       {
13046 	t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13047 	trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13048       }
13049     }
13050   else if (*args == '\0')
13051     {
13052       t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
13053       if (t1)
13054 	trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13055     }
13056   else
13057     {
13058       struct get_number_or_range_state state;
13059 
13060       init_number_or_range (&state, args);
13061       while (!state.finished)
13062 	{
13063 	  t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
13064 	  if (t1)
13065 	    trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13066 	}
13067     }
13068 }
13069 
13070 struct tracepoint *
13071 get_tracepoint (int num)
13072 {
13073   struct breakpoint *t;
13074 
13075   ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
13076     if (t->number == num)
13077       return (struct tracepoint *) t;
13078 
13079   return NULL;
13080 }
13081 
13082 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
13083    different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
13084    reconnecting).  */
13085 
13086 struct tracepoint *
13087 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
13088 {
13089   struct breakpoint *b;
13090 
13091   ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13092     {
13093       struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13094 
13095       if (t->number_on_target == num)
13096 	return t;
13097     }
13098 
13099   return NULL;
13100 }
13101 
13102 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
13103    If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
13104    If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
13105    recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned.  */
13106 struct tracepoint *
13107 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
13108 			  struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
13109 			  int optional_p)
13110 {
13111   extern int tracepoint_count;
13112   struct breakpoint *t;
13113   int tpnum;
13114   char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
13115 
13116   if (state)
13117     {
13118       gdb_assert (!state->finished);
13119       tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
13120     }
13121   else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
13122     {
13123       if (optional_p)
13124 	tpnum = tracepoint_count;
13125       else
13126 	error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
13127     }
13128   else
13129     tpnum = get_number (arg);
13130 
13131   if (tpnum <= 0)
13132     {
13133       if (instring && *instring)
13134 	printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
13135 			 instring);
13136       else
13137 	printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
13138 			   "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
13139       return NULL;
13140     }
13141 
13142   ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
13143     if (t->number == tpnum)
13144     {
13145       return (struct tracepoint *) t;
13146     }
13147 
13148   printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
13149   return NULL;
13150 }
13151 
13152 void
13153 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13154 {
13155   if (b->thread != -1)
13156     fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
13157 
13158   if (b->task != 0)
13159     fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
13160 
13161   fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
13162 }
13163 
13164 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
13165    a new script file named FILENAME.  If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
13166    on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
13167    non-zero.  */
13168 
13169 static void
13170 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
13171 		  int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
13172 {
13173   struct breakpoint *tp;
13174   int any = 0;
13175   char *pathname;
13176   struct cleanup *cleanup;
13177   struct ui_file *fp;
13178   int extra_trace_bits = 0;
13179 
13180   if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
13181     error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
13182 
13183   /* See if we have anything to save.  */
13184   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13185   {
13186     /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints.  */
13187     if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13188       continue;
13189 
13190     /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts.  */
13191     if (filter && !filter (tp))
13192       continue;
13193 
13194     any = 1;
13195 
13196     if (is_tracepoint (tp))
13197       {
13198 	extra_trace_bits = 1;
13199 
13200 	/* We can stop searching.  */
13201 	break;
13202       }
13203   }
13204 
13205   if (!any)
13206     {
13207       warning (_("Nothing to save."));
13208       return;
13209     }
13210 
13211   pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
13212   cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
13213   fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
13214   if (!fp)
13215     error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
13216 	   filename, safe_strerror (errno));
13217   make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
13218 
13219   if (extra_trace_bits)
13220     save_trace_state_variables (fp);
13221 
13222   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13223   {
13224     /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints.  */
13225     if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13226       continue;
13227 
13228     /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts.  */
13229     if (filter && !filter (tp))
13230       continue;
13231 
13232     tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
13233 
13234     /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
13235        assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match.  Use $bpnum
13236        instead.  */
13237 
13238     if (tp->cond_string)
13239       fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "  condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
13240 
13241     if (tp->ignore_count)
13242       fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "  ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
13243 
13244     if (tp->commands)
13245       {
13246 	volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
13247 
13248 	fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "  commands\n");
13249 
13250 	ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
13251 	TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
13252 	  {
13253 	    print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
13254 	  }
13255 	ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
13256 
13257 	if (ex.reason < 0)
13258 	  throw_exception (ex);
13259 
13260 	fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "  end\n");
13261       }
13262 
13263     if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
13264       fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
13265 
13266     /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
13267        should be individually disabled.  Watchpoint locations are
13268        special, and not user visible.  */
13269     if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
13270       {
13271 	struct bp_location *loc;
13272 	int n = 1;
13273 
13274 	for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
13275 	  if (!loc->enabled)
13276 	    fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
13277       }
13278   }
13279 
13280   if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
13281     fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
13282 
13283   do_cleanups (cleanup);
13284   if (from_tty)
13285     printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
13286 }
13287 
13288 /* The `save breakpoints' command.  */
13289 
13290 static void
13291 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13292 {
13293   save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
13294 }
13295 
13296 /* The `save tracepoints' command.  */
13297 
13298 static void
13299 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13300 {
13301   save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
13302 }
13303 
13304 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints.  */
13305 
13306 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
13307 all_tracepoints (void)
13308 {
13309   VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
13310   struct breakpoint *tp;
13311 
13312   ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
13313   {
13314     VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
13315   }
13316 
13317   return tp_vec;
13318 }
13319 
13320 
13321 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
13322    commands.  It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
13323    COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
13324    command.  */
13325 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
13326 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
13327 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13328 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
13329 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
13330 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
13331 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
13332 stack frame.  This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
13333 \n\
13334 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
13335 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13336 \n\
13337 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13338 conditions are different.\n\
13339 \n\
13340 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
13341 
13342 /* List of subcommands for "catch".  */
13343 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
13344 
13345 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch".  */
13346 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
13347 
13348 void
13349 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
13350 		   void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
13351 				  struct cmd_list_element *command),
13352                    char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
13353                                          char *text, char *word),
13354 		   void *user_data_catch,
13355 		   void *user_data_tcatch)
13356 {
13357   struct cmd_list_element *command;
13358 
13359   command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13360 		     &catch_cmdlist);
13361   set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13362   set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
13363   set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13364 
13365   command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13366 		     &tcatch_cmdlist);
13367   set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13368   set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
13369   set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13370 }
13371 
13372 static void
13373 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
13374 {
13375   inf->total_syscalls_count = 0;
13376   inf->any_syscall_count = 0;
13377   VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
13378 }
13379 
13380 static void
13381 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13382 {
13383   printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
13384 		       "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
13385   help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
13386 }
13387 
13388 struct breakpoint *
13389 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
13390 			  void *data)
13391 {
13392   struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13393 
13394   ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13395     {
13396       if ((*callback) (b, data))
13397 	return b;
13398     }
13399 
13400   return NULL;
13401 }
13402 
13403 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
13404    functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise.  */
13405 
13406 static int
13407 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
13408 {
13409   /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
13410      non-inline function.  */
13411   if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
13412     return 1;
13413 
13414   return 0;
13415 }
13416 
13417 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
13418    have been inlined.  */
13419 
13420 int
13421 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
13422 {
13423   struct breakpoint *b;
13424   struct bp_location *bl;
13425 
13426   ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13427     {
13428       if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
13429 	continue;
13430 
13431       for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
13432 	{
13433 	  if (!bl->shlib_disabled
13434 	      && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc))
13435 	    return 1;
13436 	}
13437     }
13438 
13439   return 0;
13440 }
13441 
13442 void
13443 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
13444 {
13445   static int initialized = 0;
13446 
13447   struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
13448 
13449   if (initialized)
13450     return;
13451   initialized = 1;
13452 
13453   /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
13454      breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
13455      internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.).  */
13456   ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13457   *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13458   ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
13459   ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
13460   ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
13461   ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
13462 
13463   /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints.  */
13464   ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13465   *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13466   ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
13467   ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
13468   ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
13469   ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
13470   ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
13471 
13472   /* Ranged breakpoints.  */
13473   ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
13474   *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13475   ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
13476   ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
13477   ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
13478   ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
13479   ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
13480   ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
13481   ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
13482 
13483   /* Internal breakpoints.  */
13484   ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
13485   *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13486   ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
13487   ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
13488   ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
13489   ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
13490 
13491   /* Momentary breakpoints.  */
13492   ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
13493   *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13494   ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
13495   ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
13496   ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
13497   ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
13498 
13499   /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints.  */
13500   ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
13501   *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13502   ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
13503   ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
13504   ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
13505   ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
13506 
13507   /* Watchpoints.  */
13508   ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13509   *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13510   ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
13511   ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
13512   ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
13513   ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
13514   ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
13515   ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
13516   ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
13517   ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
13518   ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
13519   ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
13520   ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
13521 
13522   /* Masked watchpoints.  */
13523   ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13524   *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13525   ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
13526   ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
13527   ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
13528   ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
13529   ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
13530   ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
13531   ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
13532   ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
13533 
13534   /* Tracepoints.  */
13535   ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13536   *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13537   ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
13538   ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
13539   ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
13540   ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
13541   ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
13542 
13543   /* Fork catchpoints.  */
13544   ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
13545   *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13546   ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
13547   ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
13548   ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
13549   ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
13550   ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
13551   ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
13552   ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
13553 
13554   /* Vfork catchpoints.  */
13555   ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
13556   *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13557   ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
13558   ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
13559   ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
13560   ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
13561   ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
13562   ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
13563   ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
13564 
13565   /* Exec catchpoints.  */
13566   ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
13567   *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13568   ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
13569   ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
13570   ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
13571   ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
13572   ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
13573   ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
13574   ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
13575   ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
13576 
13577   /* Syscall catchpoints.  */
13578   ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
13579   *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13580   ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
13581   ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
13582   ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
13583   ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
13584   ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
13585   ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
13586   ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
13587   ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
13588 }
13589 
13590 void
13591 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
13592 {
13593   struct cmd_list_element *c;
13594 
13595   initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
13596 
13597   observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
13598   observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
13599   observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
13600 
13601   breakpoint_objfile_key = register_objfile_data ();
13602 
13603   breakpoint_chain = 0;
13604   /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count.  $bpnum isn't useful
13605      before a breakpoint is set.  */
13606   breakpoint_count = 0;
13607 
13608   tracepoint_count = 0;
13609 
13610   add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
13611 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
13612 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
13613   if (xdb_commands)
13614     add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
13615 
13616   add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
13617 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
13618 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
13619 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
13620 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
13621 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
13622 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
13623 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
13624 
13625   add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
13626 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
13627 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
13628 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
13629 
13630   c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
13631 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
13632 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13633 so it will be deleted when hit.  Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
13634 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
13635 \n"
13636 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
13637   set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13638 
13639   c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
13640 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13641 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
13642 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
13643 \n"
13644 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
13645   set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13646 
13647   c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
13648 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13649 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13650 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
13651 \n"
13652 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
13653   set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13654 
13655   add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13656 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13657 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13658 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13659 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13660 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
13661 		  &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13662   if (xdb_commands)
13663     add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13664 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13665 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13666 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13667 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13668 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
13669 
13670   add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13671 
13672   add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13673 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13674 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13675 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13676 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
13677 		   &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
13678 
13679   add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13680 Enable breakpoints for one hit.  Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13681 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13682 	   &enablebreaklist);
13683 
13684   add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13685 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit.  Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13686 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13687 	   &enablebreaklist);
13688 
13689   add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13690 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit.  Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13691 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13692 	   &enablelist);
13693 
13694   add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13695 Enable breakpoints for one hit.  Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13696 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13697 	   &enablelist);
13698 
13699   add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13700 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13701 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13702 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13703 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
13704 		  &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13705   add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13706   add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13707   if (xdb_commands)
13708     add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13709 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13710 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13711 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13712 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
13713 
13714   add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
13715 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13716 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13717 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13718 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
13719 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
13720 	   &disablelist);
13721 
13722   add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13723 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13724 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13725 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13726 \n\
13727 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
13728 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
13729 		  &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
13730   add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13731   add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13732   if (xdb_commands)
13733     add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13734 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
13735 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13736 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
13737 
13738   add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
13739 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13740 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13741 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13742 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
13743 	   &deletelist);
13744 
13745   add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
13746 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
13747 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13748 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
13749 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
13750 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
13751 \n\
13752 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
13753 is executing in.\n\
13754 \n\
13755 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
13756   add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
13757 
13758   c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
13759 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
13760 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
13761   set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13762 
13763   add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
13764   add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
13765   add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
13766   add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
13767 
13768   if (xdb_commands)
13769    add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
13770 
13771   if (dbx_commands)
13772     {
13773       add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
13774 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
13775 			     &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
13776       add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
13777 	       _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
13778       add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
13779 	       _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
13780       add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
13781 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13782 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13783 \tbreakpoint     - normal breakpoint\n\
13784 \twatchpoint     - watchpoint\n\
13785 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13786 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit.  \"dis\" means that the\n\
13787 breakpoint will be disabled.  The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13788 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13789 \n\
13790 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13791 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13792 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13793 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13794 breakpoint set."));
13795     }
13796 
13797   add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
13798 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
13799 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13800 \tbreakpoint     - normal breakpoint\n\
13801 \twatchpoint     - watchpoint\n\
13802 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13803 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit.  \"dis\" means that the\n\
13804 breakpoint will be disabled.  The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13805 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13806 \n\
13807 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13808 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13809 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13810 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13811 breakpoint set."));
13812 
13813   add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
13814 
13815   if (xdb_commands)
13816     add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
13817 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13818 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13819 \tbreakpoint     - normal breakpoint\n\
13820 \twatchpoint     - watchpoint\n\
13821 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13822 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit.  \"dis\" means that the\n\
13823 breakpoint will be disabled.  The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13824 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13825 \n\
13826 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13827 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13828 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13829 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13830 breakpoint set."));
13831 
13832   add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
13833 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13834 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13835 \tbreakpoint     - normal breakpoint\n\
13836 \twatchpoint     - watchpoint\n\
13837 \tlongjmp        - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
13838 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
13839 \tuntil          - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
13840 \tfinish         - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
13841 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13842 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit.  \"dis\" means that the\n\
13843 breakpoint will be disabled.  The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13844 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13845 \n\
13846 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13847 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13848 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13849 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13850 breakpoint set."),
13851 	   &maintenanceinfolist);
13852 
13853   add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
13854 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
13855 		  &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
13856 		  0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13857 
13858   add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
13859 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
13860 		  &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
13861 		  0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13862 
13863   /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands.  */
13864   add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
13865 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
13866 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13867 		     catch_catch_command,
13868                      NULL,
13869 		     CATCH_PERMANENT,
13870 		     CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13871   add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
13872 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
13873 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13874 		     catch_throw_command,
13875                      NULL,
13876 		     CATCH_PERMANENT,
13877 		     CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13878   add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
13879 		     catch_fork_command_1,
13880                      NULL,
13881 		     (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
13882 		     (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
13883   add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
13884 		     catch_fork_command_1,
13885                      NULL,
13886 		     (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
13887 		     (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
13888   add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
13889 		     catch_exec_command_1,
13890                      NULL,
13891 		     CATCH_PERMANENT,
13892 		     CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13893   add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
13894 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
13895 Arguments say which system calls to catch.  If no arguments\n\
13896 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
13897 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
13898 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
13899 		     catch_syscall_command_1,
13900 		     catch_syscall_completer,
13901 		     CATCH_PERMANENT,
13902 		     CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13903 
13904   c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
13905 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13906 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13907 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13908 an expression changes.\n\
13909 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13910 the memory to which it refers."));
13911   set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13912 
13913   c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
13914 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13915 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13916 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13917 an expression is read.\n\
13918 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13919 the memory to which it refers."));
13920   set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13921 
13922   c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
13923 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13924 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13925 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13926 an expression is either read or written.\n\
13927 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13928 the memory to which it refers."));
13929   set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13930 
13931   add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
13932 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
13933 
13934   /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
13935      respond to changes - contrary to the description.  */
13936   add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
13937 			    &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
13938 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13939 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13940 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
13941 such is available.  (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
13942 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
13943 hardware.)"),
13944 			    NULL,
13945 			    show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
13946 			    &setlist, &showlist);
13947 
13948   can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
13949 
13950   /* Tracepoint manipulation commands.  */
13951 
13952   c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
13953 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13954 \n"
13955 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
13956 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13957   set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13958 
13959   add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
13960   add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13961   add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13962   add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13963 
13964   c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
13965 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13966 \n"
13967 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
13968 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13969   set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13970 
13971   c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
13972 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
13973 \n\
13974 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
13975 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
13976 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
13977 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
13978 for that line.  If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
13979 of code for that function.  If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
13980 at that exact address.  If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
13981 with that name.  With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
13982 the selected stack frame.\n\
13983 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
13984 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
13985 tracing library.  You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
13986 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
13987 \n\
13988 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13989 \n\
13990 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13991 conditions are different.\n\
13992 \n\
13993 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
13994 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13995   set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13996 
13997   add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
13998 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
13999 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
14000 last tracepoint set."));
14001 
14002   add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
14003 
14004   add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
14005 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
14006 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14007 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
14008 	   &deletelist);
14009 
14010   c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
14011 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
14012 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14013 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
14014 	   &disablelist);
14015   deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
14016 
14017   c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
14018 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
14019 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14020 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
14021 	   &enablelist);
14022   deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
14023 
14024   add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
14025 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
14026 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
14027 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
14028 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
14029 
14030   add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
14031 		  _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
14032 		  &save_cmdlist, "save ",
14033 		  0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14034 
14035   c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
14036 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
14037 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
14038 catchpoints, tracepoints).  Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
14039 session to restore them."),
14040 	       &save_cmdlist);
14041   set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
14042 
14043   c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
14044 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
14045 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
14046 	       &save_cmdlist);
14047   set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
14048 
14049   c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
14050   deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
14051 
14052   add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
14053 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14054 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14055 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14056 		  &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
14057 		  0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
14058   add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
14059 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14060 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14061 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14062 		  &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
14063 		  0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
14064 
14065   add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
14066 				&pending_break_support, _("\
14067 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14068 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14069 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
14070 pending breakpoint.  If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
14071 an error.  If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
14072 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
14073 				NULL,
14074 				show_pending_break_support,
14075 				&breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14076 				&breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14077 
14078   pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
14079 
14080   add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
14081 			   &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
14082 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14083 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14084 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
14085 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory.  If not set,\n\
14086 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
14087 			   NULL,
14088 			   show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
14089 			   &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14090 			   &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14091 
14092   add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
14093 			always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
14094 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14095 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14096 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
14097 resumed, and removed when execution stops.  When this mode is on,\n\
14098 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
14099 deletes the breakpoint.  When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
14100 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
14101 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
14102 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
14103 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
14104 			   NULL,
14105 			   &show_always_inserted_mode,
14106 			   &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14107 			   &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14108 
14109   add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
14110 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
14111 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
14112 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
14113   LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
14114   FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
14115   +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
14116            or the start of the range\n\
14117   FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
14118   FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
14119   *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
14120 \n\
14121 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
14122 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
14123 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
14124 
14125   automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
14126 
14127   observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
14128 }
14129